6427029c4e
* Update all dependencies * Remove all `[[constraint]]` from Gopkg.toml * Add in the minimum number of `[[override]]` to build * Remove go get of github.com/inconshreveable/mousetrap as it is vendored * Update docs with new policy on constraints
11426 lines
395 KiB
Go
11426 lines
395 KiB
Go
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
|
|
|
package databasemigrationservice
|
|
|
|
import (
|
|
"fmt"
|
|
"time"
|
|
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
|
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const opAddTagsToResource = "AddTagsToResource"
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the AddTagsToResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddTagsToResource for more information on using the AddTagsToResource
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the AddTagsToResourceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.AddTagsToResourceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/AddTagsToResource
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *AddTagsToResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opAddTagsToResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &AddTagsToResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &AddTagsToResourceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResource API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Adds metadata tags to an AWS DMS resource, including replication instance,
|
|
// endpoint, security group, and migration task. These tags can also be used
|
|
// with cost allocation reporting to track cost associated with DMS resources,
|
|
// or used in a Condition statement in an IAM policy for DMS.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation AddTagsToResource for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/AddTagsToResource
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) AddTagsToResource(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddTagsToResourceWithContext is the same as AddTagsToResource with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See AddTagsToResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) AddTagsToResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AddTagsToResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AddTagsToResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.AddTagsToResourceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateEndpoint = "CreateEndpoint"
|
|
|
|
// CreateEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateEndpoint operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateEndpoint for more information on using the CreateEndpoint
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateEndpointRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateEndpointRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/CreateEndpoint
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateEndpointRequest(input *CreateEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEndpointOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateEndpoint,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateEndpointInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateEndpointOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateEndpoint API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an endpoint using the provided settings.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateEndpoint for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS cannot access the KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsFault "ResourceAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to create already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceQuotaExceededFault "ResourceQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for this resource quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedFault "AccessDeniedFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS was denied access to the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/CreateEndpoint
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateEndpoint(input *CreateEndpointInput) (*CreateEndpointOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEndpointRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateEndpointWithContext is the same as CreateEndpoint with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEndpointOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEndpointRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateEventSubscription = "CreateEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// CreateEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateEventSubscription for more information on using the CreateEventSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/CreateEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateEventSubscription API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates an AWS DMS event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can specify the type of source (SourceType) you want to be notified of,
|
|
// provide a list of AWS DMS source IDs (SourceIds) that triggers the events,
|
|
// and provide a list of event categories (EventCategories) for events you want
|
|
// to be notified of. If you specify both the SourceType and SourceIds, such
|
|
// as SourceType = replication-instance and SourceIdentifier = my-replinstance,
|
|
// you will be notified of all the replication instance events for the specified
|
|
// source. If you specify a SourceType but don't specify a SourceIdentifier,
|
|
// you receive notice of the events for that source type for all your AWS DMS
|
|
// sources. If you don't specify either SourceType nor SourceIdentifier, you
|
|
// will be notified of events generated from all AWS DMS sources belonging to
|
|
// your customer account.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about AWS DMS events, see Working with Events and Notifications
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Events.html) in the
|
|
// AWS Database MIgration Service User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateEventSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceQuotaExceededFault "ResourceQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for this resource quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsFault "ResourceAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to create already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopicFault"
|
|
// The SNS topic is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorizationFault"
|
|
// You are not authorized for the SNS subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/CreateEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateEventSubscription(input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as CreateEventSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateReplicationInstance = "CreateReplicationInstance"
|
|
|
|
// CreateReplicationInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateReplicationInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateReplicationInstance for more information on using the CreateReplicationInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateReplicationInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateReplicationInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/CreateReplicationInstance
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateReplicationInstanceRequest(input *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateReplicationInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateReplicationInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateReplicationInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateReplicationInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateReplicationInstance API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates the replication instance using the specified parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateReplicationInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedFault "AccessDeniedFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS was denied access to the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsFault "ResourceAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to create already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientResourceCapacityFault "InsufficientResourceCapacityFault"
|
|
// There are not enough resources allocated to the database migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceQuotaExceededFault "ResourceQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for this resource quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The storage quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeReplicationSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "ReplicationSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// The replication subnet group does not cover enough Availability Zones (AZs).
|
|
// Edit the replication subnet group and add more AZs.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The subnet provided is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS cannot access the KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/CreateReplicationInstance
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateReplicationInstance(input *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) (*CreateReplicationInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateReplicationInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateReplicationInstanceWithContext is the same as CreateReplicationInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateReplicationInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateReplicationInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateReplicationInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateReplicationInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateReplicationInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateReplicationSubnetGroup = "CreateReplicationSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// CreateReplicationSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateReplicationSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateReplicationSubnetGroup for more information on using the CreateReplicationSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateReplicationSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/CreateReplicationSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(input *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateReplicationSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateReplicationSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateReplicationSubnetGroup API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a replication subnet group given a list of the subnet IDs in a VPC.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateReplicationSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedFault "AccessDeniedFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS was denied access to the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsFault "ResourceAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to create already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceQuotaExceededFault "ResourceQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for this resource quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeReplicationSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "ReplicationSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// The replication subnet group does not cover enough Availability Zones (AZs).
|
|
// Edit the replication subnet group and add more AZs.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The subnet provided is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/CreateReplicationSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateReplicationSubnetGroup(input *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput) (*CreateReplicationSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateReplicationSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as CreateReplicationSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateReplicationSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateReplicationSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateReplicationSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opCreateReplicationTask = "CreateReplicationTask"
|
|
|
|
// CreateReplicationTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the CreateReplicationTask operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateReplicationTask for more information on using the CreateReplicationTask
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the CreateReplicationTaskRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.CreateReplicationTaskRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/CreateReplicationTask
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateReplicationTaskRequest(input *CreateReplicationTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateReplicationTaskOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opCreateReplicationTask,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &CreateReplicationTaskInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &CreateReplicationTaskOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateReplicationTask API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Creates a replication task using the specified parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation CreateReplicationTask for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedFault "AccessDeniedFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS was denied access to the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsFault "ResourceAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to create already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS cannot access the KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceQuotaExceededFault "ResourceQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for this resource quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/CreateReplicationTask
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateReplicationTask(input *CreateReplicationTaskInput) (*CreateReplicationTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateReplicationTaskRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// CreateReplicationTaskWithContext is the same as CreateReplicationTask with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See CreateReplicationTask for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) CreateReplicationTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateReplicationTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateReplicationTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.CreateReplicationTaskRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteCertificate = "DeleteCertificate"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteCertificate operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteCertificate for more information on using the DeleteCertificate
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteCertificateRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteCertificateRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteCertificate
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteCertificateRequest(input *DeleteCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteCertificateOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteCertificate,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteCertificateInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteCertificateOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCertificate API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified certificate.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteCertificate for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteCertificate
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteCertificate(input *DeleteCertificateInput) (*DeleteCertificateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteCertificateRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteCertificateWithContext is the same as DeleteCertificate with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteCertificate for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteCertificateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteCertificateRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteEndpoint = "DeleteEndpoint"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteEndpoint operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteEndpoint for more information on using the DeleteEndpoint
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEndpointRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteEndpointRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteEndpoint
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteEndpointRequest(input *DeleteEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEndpointOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteEndpoint,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteEndpointInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteEndpointOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEndpoint API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// All tasks associated with the endpoint must be deleted before you can delete
|
|
// the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteEndpoint for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteEndpoint
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteEndpoint(input *DeleteEndpointInput) (*DeleteEndpointOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEndpointRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEndpointWithContext is the same as DeleteEndpoint with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEndpointOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEndpointRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteEventSubscription = "DeleteEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteEventSubscription for more information on using the DeleteEventSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEventSubscription API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes an AWS DMS event subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteEventSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteEventSubscription(input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as DeleteEventSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteReplicationInstance = "DeleteReplicationInstance"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteReplicationInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteReplicationInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteReplicationInstance for more information on using the DeleteReplicationInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteReplicationInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteReplicationInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteReplicationInstance
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteReplicationInstanceRequest(input *DeleteReplicationInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReplicationInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteReplicationInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteReplicationInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteReplicationInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteReplicationInstance API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// You must delete any migration tasks that are associated with the replication
|
|
// instance before you can delete it.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteReplicationInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteReplicationInstance
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteReplicationInstance(input *DeleteReplicationInstanceInput) (*DeleteReplicationInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteReplicationInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteReplicationInstanceWithContext is the same as DeleteReplicationInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteReplicationInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteReplicationInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReplicationInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReplicationInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteReplicationInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteReplicationSubnetGroup = "DeleteReplicationSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteReplicationSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteReplicationSubnetGroup for more information on using the DeleteReplicationSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteReplicationSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(input *DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteReplicationSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteReplicationSubnetGroup API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes a subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteReplicationSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteReplicationSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteReplicationSubnetGroup(input *DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupInput) (*DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteReplicationSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteReplicationSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDeleteReplicationTask = "DeleteReplicationTask"
|
|
|
|
// DeleteReplicationTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DeleteReplicationTask operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteReplicationTask for more information on using the DeleteReplicationTask
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteReplicationTaskRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DeleteReplicationTaskRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteReplicationTask
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteReplicationTaskRequest(input *DeleteReplicationTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReplicationTaskOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDeleteReplicationTask,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DeleteReplicationTaskInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DeleteReplicationTaskOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteReplicationTask API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Deletes the specified replication task.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DeleteReplicationTask for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DeleteReplicationTask
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteReplicationTask(input *DeleteReplicationTaskInput) (*DeleteReplicationTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteReplicationTaskRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DeleteReplicationTaskWithContext is the same as DeleteReplicationTask with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DeleteReplicationTask for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DeleteReplicationTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReplicationTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReplicationTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DeleteReplicationTaskRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeAccountAttributes = "DescribeAccountAttributes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountAttributesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeAccountAttributes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAccountAttributes for more information on using the DescribeAccountAttributes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeAccountAttributesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeAccountAttributes
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeAccountAttributes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeAccountAttributesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeAccountAttributesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountAttributes API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists all of the AWS DMS attributes for a customer account. The attributes
|
|
// include AWS DMS quotas for the account, such as the number of replication
|
|
// instances allowed. The description for a quota includes the quota name, current
|
|
// usage toward that quota, and the quota's maximum value.
|
|
//
|
|
// This command does not take any parameters.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeAccountAttributes for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeAccountAttributes
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeAccountAttributes(input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext is the same as DescribeAccountAttributes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeAccountAttributes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeAccountAttributesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeAccountAttributesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeAccountAttributesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeCertificates = "DescribeCertificates"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCertificatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeCertificates operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeCertificates for more information on using the DescribeCertificates
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeCertificatesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeCertificatesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeCertificates
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeCertificatesRequest(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeCertificatesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeCertificates,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeCertificatesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeCertificatesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCertificates API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Provides a description of the certificate.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeCertificates for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeCertificates
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeCertificates(input *DescribeCertificatesInput) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCertificatesWithContext is the same as DescribeCertificates with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeCertificates for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeCertificatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCertificatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeCertificatesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCertificatesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeCertificates operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeCertificates method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeCertificates operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeCertificatesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeCertificatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeCertificatesPages(input *DescribeCertificatesInput, fn func(*DescribeCertificatesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeCertificatesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeCertificatesPagesWithContext same as DescribeCertificatesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeCertificatesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeCertificatesInput, fn func(*DescribeCertificatesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeCertificatesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeCertificatesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeCertificatesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeConnections = "DescribeConnections"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeConnectionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeConnections operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeConnections for more information on using the DescribeConnections
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeConnectionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeConnectionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeConnections
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeConnectionsRequest(input *DescribeConnectionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeConnectionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeConnections,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeConnectionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeConnectionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeConnections API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Describes the status of the connections that have been made between the replication
|
|
// instance and an endpoint. Connections are created when you test an endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeConnections for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeConnections
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeConnections(input *DescribeConnectionsInput) (*DescribeConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeConnectionsWithContext is the same as DescribeConnections with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeConnections for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeConnectionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeConnectionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeConnectionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeConnectionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeConnectionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeConnections operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeConnections method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeConnections operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeConnectionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeConnectionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeConnectionsPages(input *DescribeConnectionsInput, fn func(*DescribeConnectionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeConnectionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeConnectionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeConnectionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeConnectionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeConnectionsInput, fn func(*DescribeConnectionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeConnectionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeConnectionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeConnectionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEndpointTypes = "DescribeEndpointTypes"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEndpointTypesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEndpointTypes operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEndpointTypes for more information on using the DescribeEndpointTypes
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEndpointTypesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEndpointTypesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeEndpointTypes
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEndpointTypesRequest(input *DescribeEndpointTypesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEndpointTypesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEndpointTypes,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEndpointTypesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEndpointTypesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEndpointTypes API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about the type of endpoints available.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEndpointTypes for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeEndpointTypes
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEndpointTypes(input *DescribeEndpointTypesInput) (*DescribeEndpointTypesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEndpointTypesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEndpointTypesWithContext is the same as DescribeEndpointTypes with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEndpointTypes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEndpointTypesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEndpointTypesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEndpointTypesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEndpointTypesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEndpointTypesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEndpointTypes operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEndpointTypes method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEndpointTypes operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEndpointTypesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEndpointTypesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEndpointTypesPages(input *DescribeEndpointTypesInput, fn func(*DescribeEndpointTypesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeEndpointTypesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEndpointTypesPagesWithContext same as DescribeEndpointTypesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEndpointTypesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEndpointTypesInput, fn func(*DescribeEndpointTypesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeEndpointTypesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeEndpointTypesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEndpointTypesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEndpoints = "DescribeEndpoints"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEndpointsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEndpoints operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEndpoints for more information on using the DescribeEndpoints
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEndpointsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEndpointsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeEndpoints
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEndpointsRequest(input *DescribeEndpointsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEndpointsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEndpoints,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEndpointsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEndpointsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEndpoints API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about the endpoints for your account in the current region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEndpoints for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeEndpoints
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEndpoints(input *DescribeEndpointsInput) (*DescribeEndpointsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEndpointsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEndpointsWithContext is the same as DescribeEndpoints with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEndpoints for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEndpointsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEndpointsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEndpointsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEndpointsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEndpointsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEndpoints operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEndpoints method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEndpoints operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEndpointsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEndpointsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEndpointsPages(input *DescribeEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeEndpointsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeEndpointsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEndpointsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEndpointsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEndpointsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEndpointsInput, fn func(*DescribeEndpointsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeEndpointsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeEndpointsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEndpointsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventCategories = "DescribeEventCategories"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategoriesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEventCategories operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventCategories for more information on using the DescribeEventCategories
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventCategoriesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeEventCategories
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventCategories,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventCategoriesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventCategoriesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategories API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists categories for all event source types, or, if specified, for a specified
|
|
// source type. You can see a list of the event categories and source types
|
|
// in Working with Events and Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Events.html)
|
|
// in the AWS Database Migration Service User Guide.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEventCategories for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeEventCategories
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventCategories(input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext is the same as DescribeEventCategories with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventCategories for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventCategoriesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventCategoriesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventCategoriesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventCategoriesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEventSubscriptions = "DescribeEventSubscriptions"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEventSubscriptions operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for more information on using the DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEventSubscriptions,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptions API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists all the event subscriptions for a customer account. The description
|
|
// of a subscription includes SubscriptionName, SNSTopicARN, CustomerID, SourceType,
|
|
// SourceID, CreationTime, and Status.
|
|
//
|
|
// If you specify SubscriptionName, this action lists the description for that
|
|
// subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEventSubscriptions for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeEventSubscriptions
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventSubscriptions(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext is the same as DescribeEventSubscriptions with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventSubscriptionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEventSubscriptions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEventSubscriptions operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages(input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventSubscriptionsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventSubscriptionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeEventSubscriptionsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeEvents = "DescribeEvents"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeEvents operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents for more information on using the DescribeEvents
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeEventsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeEventsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeEvents
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventsRequest(input *DescribeEventsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeEventsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeEvents,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeEventsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeEventsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEvents API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists events for a given source identifier and source type. You can also
|
|
// specify a start and end time. For more information on AWS DMS events, see
|
|
// Working with Events and Notifications (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Events.html).
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeEvents for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeEvents
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEvents(input *DescribeEventsInput) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsWithContext is the same as DescribeEvents with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeEventsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeEventsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeEvents operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeEvents method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeEvents operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeEventsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeEventsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventsPages(input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeEventsPagesWithContext same as DescribeEventsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeEventsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeEventsInput, fn func(*DescribeEventsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeEventsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeEventsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeEventsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeOrderableReplicationInstances = "DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances for more information on using the DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesRequest(input *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeOrderableReplicationInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about the replication instance types that can be created
|
|
// in the specified region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances(input *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput) (*DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeOrderableReplicationInstances operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesPages(input *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeRefreshSchemasStatus = "DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus for more information on using the DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusRequest(input *DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeRefreshSchemasStatus,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns the status of the RefreshSchemas operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus(input *DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusInput) (*DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusWithContext is the same as DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs = "DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs for more information on using the DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsRequest(input *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about the task logs for the specified task.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs(input *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput) (*DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsWithContext is the same as DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogs operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsPages(input *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput, fn func(*DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput, fn func(*DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReplicationInstances = "DescribeReplicationInstances"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationInstancesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReplicationInstances operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationInstances for more information on using the DescribeReplicationInstances
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReplicationInstancesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReplicationInstancesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeReplicationInstances
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationInstancesRequest(input *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReplicationInstances,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReplicationInstancesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationInstances API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about replication instances for your account in the current
|
|
// region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReplicationInstances for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeReplicationInstances
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationInstances(input *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput) (*DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReplicationInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationInstancesWithContext is the same as DescribeReplicationInstances with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationInstances for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationInstancesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReplicationInstancesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationInstancesPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReplicationInstances operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationInstances method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReplicationInstances operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReplicationInstancesPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationInstancesPages(input *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeReplicationInstancesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationInstancesPagesWithContext same as DescribeReplicationInstancesPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationInstancesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput, fn func(*DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeReplicationInstancesRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReplicationSubnetGroups = "DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups for more information on using the DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsRequest(input *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReplicationSubnetGroups,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about the replication subnet groups.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups(input *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput) (*DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsWithContext is the same as DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReplicationSubnetGroups operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsPages(input *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput, fn func(*DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults = "DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults for more information on using the DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsRequest(input *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns the task assessment results from Amazon S3. This action always returns
|
|
// the latest results.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults(input *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput) (*DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsWithContext is the same as DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResults operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsPages(input *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput, fn func(*DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsPagesWithContext same as DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput, fn func(*DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeReplicationTasks = "DescribeReplicationTasks"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationTasksRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeReplicationTasks operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationTasks for more information on using the DescribeReplicationTasks
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReplicationTasksRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeReplicationTasksRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeReplicationTasks
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationTasksRequest(input *DescribeReplicationTasksInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReplicationTasksOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeReplicationTasks,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeReplicationTasksInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeReplicationTasksOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationTasks API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about replication tasks for your account in the current
|
|
// region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeReplicationTasks for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeReplicationTasks
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationTasks(input *DescribeReplicationTasksInput) (*DescribeReplicationTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReplicationTasksRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationTasksWithContext is the same as DescribeReplicationTasks with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationTasks for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationTasksWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReplicationTasksInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReplicationTasksOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeReplicationTasksRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationTasksPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeReplicationTasks operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeReplicationTasks method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeReplicationTasks operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeReplicationTasksPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeReplicationTasksOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationTasksPages(input *DescribeReplicationTasksInput, fn func(*DescribeReplicationTasksOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeReplicationTasksPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeReplicationTasksPagesWithContext same as DescribeReplicationTasksPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeReplicationTasksPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReplicationTasksInput, fn func(*DescribeReplicationTasksOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeReplicationTasksInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeReplicationTasksRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeReplicationTasksOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeSchemas = "DescribeSchemas"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSchemasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeSchemas operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSchemas for more information on using the DescribeSchemas
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeSchemasRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeSchemasRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeSchemas
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeSchemasRequest(input *DescribeSchemasInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeSchemasOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeSchemas,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeSchemasInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeSchemasOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSchemas API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns information about the schema for the specified endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeSchemas for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeSchemas
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeSchemas(input *DescribeSchemasInput) (*DescribeSchemasOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSchemasRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSchemasWithContext is the same as DescribeSchemas with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSchemas for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeSchemasWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSchemasInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeSchemasOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeSchemasRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSchemasPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSchemas operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeSchemas method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSchemas operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeSchemasPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeSchemasOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeSchemasPages(input *DescribeSchemasInput, fn func(*DescribeSchemasOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeSchemasPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeSchemasPagesWithContext same as DescribeSchemasPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeSchemasPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeSchemasInput, fn func(*DescribeSchemasOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeSchemasInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeSchemasRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeSchemasOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opDescribeTableStatistics = "DescribeTableStatistics"
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTableStatisticsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the DescribeTableStatistics operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTableStatistics for more information on using the DescribeTableStatistics
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeTableStatisticsRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.DescribeTableStatisticsRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeTableStatistics
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeTableStatisticsRequest(input *DescribeTableStatisticsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeTableStatisticsOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opDescribeTableStatistics,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
|
InputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
OutputTokens: []string{"Marker"},
|
|
LimitToken: "MaxRecords",
|
|
TruncationToken: "",
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &DescribeTableStatisticsInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &DescribeTableStatisticsOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTableStatistics API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns table statistics on the database migration task, including table
|
|
// name, rows inserted, rows updated, and rows deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that the "last updated" column the DMS console only indicates the time
|
|
// that AWS DMS last updated the table statistics record for a table. It does
|
|
// not indicate the time of the last update to the table.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation DescribeTableStatistics for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/DescribeTableStatistics
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeTableStatistics(input *DescribeTableStatisticsInput) (*DescribeTableStatisticsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTableStatisticsRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTableStatisticsWithContext is the same as DescribeTableStatistics with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTableStatistics for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeTableStatisticsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTableStatisticsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeTableStatisticsOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.DescribeTableStatisticsRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTableStatisticsPages iterates over the pages of a DescribeTableStatistics operation,
|
|
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
|
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
|
//
|
|
// See DescribeTableStatistics method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeTableStatistics operation.
|
|
// pageNum := 0
|
|
// err := client.DescribeTableStatisticsPages(params,
|
|
// func(page *DescribeTableStatisticsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
|
// pageNum++
|
|
// fmt.Println(page)
|
|
// return pageNum <= 3
|
|
// })
|
|
//
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeTableStatisticsPages(input *DescribeTableStatisticsInput, fn func(*DescribeTableStatisticsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
|
return c.DescribeTableStatisticsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// DescribeTableStatisticsPagesWithContext same as DescribeTableStatisticsPages except
|
|
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) DescribeTableStatisticsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeTableStatisticsInput, fn func(*DescribeTableStatisticsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
|
p := request.Pagination{
|
|
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
|
var inCpy *DescribeTableStatisticsInput
|
|
if input != nil {
|
|
tmp := *input
|
|
inCpy = &tmp
|
|
}
|
|
req, _ := c.DescribeTableStatisticsRequest(inCpy)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return req, nil
|
|
},
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
cont := true
|
|
for p.Next() && cont {
|
|
cont = fn(p.Page().(*DescribeTableStatisticsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
|
}
|
|
return p.Err()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opImportCertificate = "ImportCertificate"
|
|
|
|
// ImportCertificateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ImportCertificate operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportCertificate for more information on using the ImportCertificate
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ImportCertificateRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ImportCertificateRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ImportCertificate
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ImportCertificateRequest(input *ImportCertificateInput) (req *request.Request, output *ImportCertificateOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opImportCertificate,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ImportCertificateInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ImportCertificateOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportCertificate API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Uploads the specified certificate.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation ImportCertificate for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsFault "ResourceAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to create already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidCertificateFault "InvalidCertificateFault"
|
|
// The certificate was not valid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceQuotaExceededFault "ResourceQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for this resource quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ImportCertificate
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ImportCertificate(input *ImportCertificateInput) (*ImportCertificateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportCertificateRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ImportCertificateWithContext is the same as ImportCertificate with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ImportCertificate for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ImportCertificateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ImportCertificateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ImportCertificateOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ImportCertificateRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource"
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ListTagsForResource
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opListTagsForResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Lists all tags for an AWS DMS resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ListTagsForResource
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyEndpoint = "ModifyEndpoint"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEndpointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyEndpoint operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyEndpoint for more information on using the ModifyEndpoint
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyEndpointRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyEndpointRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ModifyEndpoint
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyEndpointRequest(input *ModifyEndpointInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEndpointOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyEndpoint,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyEndpointInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyEndpointOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEndpoint API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyEndpoint for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsFault "ResourceAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to create already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS cannot access the KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedFault "AccessDeniedFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS was denied access to the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ModifyEndpoint
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyEndpoint(input *ModifyEndpointInput) (*ModifyEndpointOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyEndpointRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEndpointWithContext is the same as ModifyEndpoint with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyEndpoint for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyEndpointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyEndpointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyEndpointOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyEndpointRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyEventSubscription = "ModifyEventSubscription"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyEventSubscription operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyEventSubscription for more information on using the ModifyEventSubscription
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ModifyEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyEventSubscription,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyEventSubscriptionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEventSubscription API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies an existing AWS DMS event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyEventSubscription for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceQuotaExceededFault "ResourceQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for this resource quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSInvalidTopicFault "SNSInvalidTopicFault"
|
|
// The SNS topic is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSNSNoAuthorizationFault "SNSNoAuthorizationFault"
|
|
// You are not authorized for the SNS subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ModifyEventSubscription
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyEventSubscription(input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext is the same as ModifyEventSubscription with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyEventSubscription for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyEventSubscriptionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyEventSubscriptionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyReplicationInstance = "ModifyReplicationInstance"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReplicationInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyReplicationInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyReplicationInstance for more information on using the ModifyReplicationInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyReplicationInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyReplicationInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ModifyReplicationInstance
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyReplicationInstanceRequest(input *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyReplicationInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyReplicationInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyReplicationInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyReplicationInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReplicationInstance API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the replication instance to apply new settings. You can change one
|
|
// or more parameters by specifying these parameters and the new values in the
|
|
// request.
|
|
//
|
|
// Some settings are applied during the maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyReplicationInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsFault "ResourceAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to create already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInsufficientResourceCapacityFault "InsufficientResourceCapacityFault"
|
|
// There are not enough resources allocated to the database migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeStorageQuotaExceededFault "StorageQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The storage quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeUpgradeDependencyFailureFault "UpgradeDependencyFailureFault"
|
|
// An upgrade dependency is preventing the database migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ModifyReplicationInstance
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyReplicationInstance(input *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) (*ModifyReplicationInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyReplicationInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReplicationInstanceWithContext is the same as ModifyReplicationInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyReplicationInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyReplicationInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyReplicationInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyReplicationInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyReplicationSubnetGroup = "ModifyReplicationSubnetGroup"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyReplicationSubnetGroup operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyReplicationSubnetGroup for more information on using the ModifyReplicationSubnetGroup
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ModifyReplicationSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(input *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyReplicationSubnetGroup,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReplicationSubnetGroup API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the settings for the specified replication subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyReplicationSubnetGroup for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedFault "AccessDeniedFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS was denied access to the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceQuotaExceededFault "ResourceQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for this resource quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeSubnetAlreadyInUse "SubnetAlreadyInUse"
|
|
// The specified subnet is already in use.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeReplicationSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs "ReplicationSubnetGroupDoesNotCoverEnoughAZs"
|
|
// The replication subnet group does not cover enough Availability Zones (AZs).
|
|
// Edit the replication subnet group and add more AZs.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidSubnet "InvalidSubnet"
|
|
// The subnet provided is invalid.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ModifyReplicationSubnetGroup
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyReplicationSubnetGroup(input *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput) (*ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupWithContext is the same as ModifyReplicationSubnetGroup with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyReplicationSubnetGroup for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opModifyReplicationTask = "ModifyReplicationTask"
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReplicationTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ModifyReplicationTask operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyReplicationTask for more information on using the ModifyReplicationTask
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ModifyReplicationTaskRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ModifyReplicationTaskRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ModifyReplicationTask
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyReplicationTaskRequest(input *ModifyReplicationTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *ModifyReplicationTaskOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opModifyReplicationTask,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ModifyReplicationTaskInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ModifyReplicationTaskOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReplicationTask API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Modifies the specified replication task.
|
|
//
|
|
// You can't modify the task endpoints. The task must be stopped before you
|
|
// can modify it.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about AWS DMS tasks, see the AWS DMS user guide at
|
|
// Working with Migration Tasks (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Tasks.html)
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation ModifyReplicationTask for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceAlreadyExistsFault "ResourceAlreadyExistsFault"
|
|
// The resource you are attempting to create already exists.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS cannot access the KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ModifyReplicationTask
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyReplicationTask(input *ModifyReplicationTaskInput) (*ModifyReplicationTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyReplicationTaskRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ModifyReplicationTaskWithContext is the same as ModifyReplicationTask with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ModifyReplicationTask for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ModifyReplicationTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ModifyReplicationTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ModifyReplicationTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ModifyReplicationTaskRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRebootReplicationInstance = "RebootReplicationInstance"
|
|
|
|
// RebootReplicationInstanceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RebootReplicationInstance operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RebootReplicationInstance for more information on using the RebootReplicationInstance
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RebootReplicationInstanceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RebootReplicationInstanceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/RebootReplicationInstance
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) RebootReplicationInstanceRequest(input *RebootReplicationInstanceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RebootReplicationInstanceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRebootReplicationInstance,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RebootReplicationInstanceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RebootReplicationInstanceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RebootReplicationInstance API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Reboots a replication instance. Rebooting results in a momentary outage,
|
|
// until the replication instance becomes available again.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation RebootReplicationInstance for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/RebootReplicationInstance
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) RebootReplicationInstance(input *RebootReplicationInstanceInput) (*RebootReplicationInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootReplicationInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RebootReplicationInstanceWithContext is the same as RebootReplicationInstance with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RebootReplicationInstance for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) RebootReplicationInstanceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RebootReplicationInstanceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RebootReplicationInstanceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RebootReplicationInstanceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRefreshSchemas = "RefreshSchemas"
|
|
|
|
// RefreshSchemasRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RefreshSchemas operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RefreshSchemas for more information on using the RefreshSchemas
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RefreshSchemasRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RefreshSchemasRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/RefreshSchemas
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) RefreshSchemasRequest(input *RefreshSchemasInput) (req *request.Request, output *RefreshSchemasOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRefreshSchemas,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RefreshSchemasInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RefreshSchemasOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RefreshSchemas API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Populates the schema for the specified endpoint. This is an asynchronous
|
|
// operation and can take several minutes. You can check the status of this
|
|
// operation by calling the DescribeRefreshSchemasStatus operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation RefreshSchemas for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS cannot access the KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceQuotaExceededFault "ResourceQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for this resource quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/RefreshSchemas
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) RefreshSchemas(input *RefreshSchemasInput) (*RefreshSchemasOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RefreshSchemasRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RefreshSchemasWithContext is the same as RefreshSchemas with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RefreshSchemas for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) RefreshSchemasWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RefreshSchemasInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RefreshSchemasOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RefreshSchemasRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opReloadTables = "ReloadTables"
|
|
|
|
// ReloadTablesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the ReloadTables operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReloadTables for more information on using the ReloadTables
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the ReloadTablesRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.ReloadTablesRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ReloadTables
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ReloadTablesRequest(input *ReloadTablesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ReloadTablesOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opReloadTables,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &ReloadTablesInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &ReloadTablesOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReloadTables API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Reloads the target database table with the source data.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation ReloadTables for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/ReloadTables
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ReloadTables(input *ReloadTablesInput) (*ReloadTablesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReloadTablesRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReloadTablesWithContext is the same as ReloadTables with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See ReloadTables for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) ReloadTablesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ReloadTablesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ReloadTablesOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.ReloadTablesRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opRemoveTagsFromResource = "RemoveTagsFromResource"
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the RemoveTagsFromResource operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveTagsFromResource for more information on using the RemoveTagsFromResource
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/RemoveTagsFromResource
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opRemoveTagsFromResource,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &RemoveTagsFromResourceInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResource API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Removes metadata tags from a DMS resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation RemoveTagsFromResource for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/RemoveTagsFromResource
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) RemoveTagsFromResource(input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext is the same as RemoveTagsFromResource with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See RemoveTagsFromResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) RemoveTagsFromResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.RemoveTagsFromResourceRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opStartReplicationTask = "StartReplicationTask"
|
|
|
|
// StartReplicationTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the StartReplicationTask operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StartReplicationTask for more information on using the StartReplicationTask
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the StartReplicationTaskRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.StartReplicationTaskRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/StartReplicationTask
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) StartReplicationTaskRequest(input *StartReplicationTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartReplicationTaskOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opStartReplicationTask,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &StartReplicationTaskInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &StartReplicationTaskOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StartReplicationTask API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Starts the replication task.
|
|
//
|
|
// For more information about AWS DMS tasks, see the AWS DMS user guide at
|
|
// Working with Migration Tasks (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Tasks.html)
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation StartReplicationTask for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeAccessDeniedFault "AccessDeniedFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS was denied access to the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/StartReplicationTask
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) StartReplicationTask(input *StartReplicationTaskInput) (*StartReplicationTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StartReplicationTaskRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StartReplicationTaskWithContext is the same as StartReplicationTask with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StartReplicationTask for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) StartReplicationTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartReplicationTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartReplicationTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StartReplicationTaskRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opStartReplicationTaskAssessment = "StartReplicationTaskAssessment"
|
|
|
|
// StartReplicationTaskAssessmentRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the StartReplicationTaskAssessment operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StartReplicationTaskAssessment for more information on using the StartReplicationTaskAssessment
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the StartReplicationTaskAssessmentRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.StartReplicationTaskAssessmentRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/StartReplicationTaskAssessment
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) StartReplicationTaskAssessmentRequest(input *StartReplicationTaskAssessmentInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartReplicationTaskAssessmentOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opStartReplicationTaskAssessment,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &StartReplicationTaskAssessmentInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &StartReplicationTaskAssessmentOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StartReplicationTaskAssessment API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Starts the replication task assessment for unsupported data types in the
|
|
// source database.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation StartReplicationTaskAssessment for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/StartReplicationTaskAssessment
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) StartReplicationTaskAssessment(input *StartReplicationTaskAssessmentInput) (*StartReplicationTaskAssessmentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StartReplicationTaskAssessmentRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StartReplicationTaskAssessmentWithContext is the same as StartReplicationTaskAssessment with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StartReplicationTaskAssessment for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) StartReplicationTaskAssessmentWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartReplicationTaskAssessmentInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartReplicationTaskAssessmentOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StartReplicationTaskAssessmentRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opStopReplicationTask = "StopReplicationTask"
|
|
|
|
// StopReplicationTaskRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the StopReplicationTask operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StopReplicationTask for more information on using the StopReplicationTask
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the StopReplicationTaskRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.StopReplicationTaskRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/StopReplicationTask
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) StopReplicationTaskRequest(input *StopReplicationTaskInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopReplicationTaskOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opStopReplicationTask,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &StopReplicationTaskInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &StopReplicationTaskOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StopReplicationTask API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Stops the replication task.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation StopReplicationTask for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/StopReplicationTask
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) StopReplicationTask(input *StopReplicationTaskInput) (*StopReplicationTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StopReplicationTaskRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// StopReplicationTaskWithContext is the same as StopReplicationTask with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See StopReplicationTask for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) StopReplicationTaskWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopReplicationTaskInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopReplicationTaskOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.StopReplicationTaskRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const opTestConnection = "TestConnection"
|
|
|
|
// TestConnectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
|
// client's request for the TestConnection operation. The "output" return
|
|
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
|
// successfuly.
|
|
//
|
|
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
|
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See TestConnection for more information on using the TestConnection
|
|
// API call, and error handling.
|
|
//
|
|
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
|
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
|
//
|
|
//
|
|
// // Example sending a request using the TestConnectionRequest method.
|
|
// req, resp := client.TestConnectionRequest(params)
|
|
//
|
|
// err := req.Send()
|
|
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
|
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
|
// }
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/TestConnection
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) TestConnectionRequest(input *TestConnectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *TestConnectionOutput) {
|
|
op := &request.Operation{
|
|
Name: opTestConnection,
|
|
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
|
HTTPPath: "/",
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if input == nil {
|
|
input = &TestConnectionInput{}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
output = &TestConnectionOutput{}
|
|
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
|
return
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TestConnection API operation for AWS Database Migration Service.
|
|
//
|
|
// Tests the connection between the replication instance and the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
|
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
|
// the error.
|
|
//
|
|
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Database Migration Service's
|
|
// API operation TestConnection for usage and error information.
|
|
//
|
|
// Returned Error Codes:
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundFault "ResourceNotFoundFault"
|
|
// The resource could not be found.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeInvalidResourceStateFault "InvalidResourceStateFault"
|
|
// The resource is in a state that prevents it from being used for database
|
|
// migration.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeKMSKeyNotAccessibleFault "KMSKeyNotAccessibleFault"
|
|
// AWS DMS cannot access the KMS key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * ErrCodeResourceQuotaExceededFault "ResourceQuotaExceededFault"
|
|
// The quota for this resource quota has been exceeded.
|
|
//
|
|
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/dms-2016-01-01/TestConnection
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) TestConnection(input *TestConnectionInput) (*TestConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.TestConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// TestConnectionWithContext is the same as TestConnection with the addition of
|
|
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
|
//
|
|
// See TestConnection for details on how to use this API operation.
|
|
//
|
|
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
|
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
|
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
|
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
|
func (c *DatabaseMigrationService) TestConnectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TestConnectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TestConnectionOutput, error) {
|
|
req, out := c.TestConnectionRequest(input)
|
|
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
|
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
|
return out, req.Send()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Describes a quota for an AWS account, for example, the number of replication
|
|
// instances allowed.
|
|
type AccountQuota struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the AWS DMS quota for this AWS account.
|
|
AccountQuotaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum allowed value for the quota.
|
|
Max *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount currently used toward the quota maximum.
|
|
Used *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountQuota) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AccountQuota) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountQuotaName sets the AccountQuotaName field's value.
|
|
func (s *AccountQuota) SetAccountQuotaName(v string) *AccountQuota {
|
|
s.AccountQuotaName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMax sets the Max field's value.
|
|
func (s *AccountQuota) SetMax(v int64) *AccountQuota {
|
|
s.Max = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsed sets the Used field's value.
|
|
func (s *AccountQuota) SetUsed(v int64) *AccountQuota {
|
|
s.Used = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddTagsToResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS DMS resource the tag is to be added
|
|
// to. AWS DMS resources include a replication instance, endpoint, and a replication
|
|
// task.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceArn is a required field
|
|
ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag to be assigned to the DMS resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// Tags is a required field
|
|
Tags []*Tag `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AddTagsToResourceInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Tags == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *AddTagsToResourceInput {
|
|
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *AddTagsToResourceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *AddTagsToResourceInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AddTagsToResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AddTagsToResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type AvailabilityZone struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the availability zone.
|
|
Name *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s AvailabilityZone) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *AvailabilityZone) SetName(v string) *AvailabilityZone {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The SSL certificate that can be used to encrypt connections between the endpoints
|
|
// and the replication instance.
|
|
type Certificate struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate.
|
|
CertificateArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date that the certificate was created.
|
|
CertificateCreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The customer-assigned name of the certificate. Valid characters are A-z and
|
|
// 0-9.
|
|
CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The owner of the certificate.
|
|
CertificateOwner *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The contents of the .pem X.509 certificate file for the certificate.
|
|
CertificatePem *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The location of the imported Oracle Wallet certificate for use with SSL.
|
|
//
|
|
// CertificateWallet is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
|
|
CertificateWallet []byte `type:"blob"`
|
|
|
|
// The key length of the cryptographic algorithm being used.
|
|
KeyLength *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The signing algorithm for the certificate.
|
|
SigningAlgorithm *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The beginning date that the certificate is valid.
|
|
ValidFromDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The final date that the certificate is valid.
|
|
ValidToDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Certificate) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Certificate) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateArn(v string) *Certificate {
|
|
s.CertificateArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateCreationDate sets the CertificateCreationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateCreationDate(v time.Time) *Certificate {
|
|
s.CertificateCreationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *Certificate {
|
|
s.CertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateOwner sets the CertificateOwner field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateOwner(v string) *Certificate {
|
|
s.CertificateOwner = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificatePem sets the CertificatePem field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificatePem(v string) *Certificate {
|
|
s.CertificatePem = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateWallet sets the CertificateWallet field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetCertificateWallet(v []byte) *Certificate {
|
|
s.CertificateWallet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKeyLength sets the KeyLength field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetKeyLength(v int64) *Certificate {
|
|
s.KeyLength = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSigningAlgorithm sets the SigningAlgorithm field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetSigningAlgorithm(v string) *Certificate {
|
|
s.SigningAlgorithm = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidFromDate sets the ValidFromDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetValidFromDate(v time.Time) *Certificate {
|
|
s.ValidFromDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidToDate sets the ValidToDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *Certificate) SetValidToDate(v time.Time) *Certificate {
|
|
s.ValidToDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type Connection struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
EndpointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the endpoint. Identifiers must begin with a letter; must
|
|
// contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; and must not end with a
|
|
// hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
EndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The error message when the connection last failed.
|
|
LastFailureMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
ReplicationInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The connection status.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Connection) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Connection) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointArn sets the EndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Connection) SetEndpointArn(v string) *Connection {
|
|
s.EndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointIdentifier sets the EndpointIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Connection) SetEndpointIdentifier(v string) *Connection {
|
|
s.EndpointIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastFailureMessage sets the LastFailureMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *Connection) SetLastFailureMessage(v string) *Connection {
|
|
s.LastFailureMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Connection) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *Connection {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceIdentifier sets the ReplicationInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Connection) SetReplicationInstanceIdentifier(v string) *Connection {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *Connection) SetStatus(v string) *Connection {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateEndpointInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the certificate.
|
|
CertificateArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the endpoint database.
|
|
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Settings in JSON format for the target Amazon DynamoDB endpoint. For more
|
|
// information about the available settings, see the Using Object Mapping to
|
|
// Migrate Data to DynamoDB section at Using an Amazon DynamoDB Database as
|
|
// a Target for AWS Database Migration Service (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Target.DynamoDB.html).
|
|
DynamoDbSettings *DynamoDbSettings `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The database endpoint identifier. Identifiers must begin with a letter; must
|
|
// contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; and must not end with a
|
|
// hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// EndpointIdentifier is a required field
|
|
EndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// EndpointType is a required field
|
|
EndpointType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ReplicationEndpointTypeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of engine for the endpoint. Valid values, depending on the EndPointType,
|
|
// include mysql, oracle, postgres, mariadb, aurora, aurora-postgresql, redshift,
|
|
// s3, db2, azuredb, sybase, dynamodb, mongodb, and sqlserver.
|
|
//
|
|
// EngineName is a required field
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The external table definition.
|
|
ExternalTableDefinition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Additional attributes associated with the connection.
|
|
ExtraConnectionAttributes *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The KMS key identifier that will be used to encrypt the connection parameters.
|
|
// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then AWS DMS will
|
|
// use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key
|
|
// for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption
|
|
// key for each AWS region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Settings in JSON format for the source MongoDB endpoint. For more information
|
|
// about the available settings, see the Configuration Properties When Using
|
|
// MongoDB as a Source for AWS Database Migration Service section at Using
|
|
// Amazon S3 as a Target for AWS Database Migration Service (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Source.MongoDB.html).
|
|
MongoDbSettings *MongoDbSettings `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The password to be used to login to the endpoint database.
|
|
Password *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port used by the endpoint database.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Settings in JSON format for the target Amazon S3 endpoint. For more information
|
|
// about the available settings, see the Extra Connection Attributes section
|
|
// at Using Amazon S3 as a Target for AWS Database Migration Service (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Target.S3.html).
|
|
S3Settings *S3Settings `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the server where the endpoint database resides.
|
|
ServerName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the service access role you want to use
|
|
// to create the endpoint.
|
|
ServiceAccessRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The SSL mode to use for the SSL connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// SSL mode can be one of four values: none, require, verify-ca, verify-full.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default value is none.
|
|
SslMode *string `type:"string" enum:"DmsSslModeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// Tags to be added to the endpoint.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The user name to be used to login to the endpoint database.
|
|
Username *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEndpointInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEndpointInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEndpointInput"}
|
|
if s.EndpointIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.EndpointType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointType"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.EngineName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EngineName"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DynamoDbSettings != nil {
|
|
if err := s.DynamoDbSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("DynamoDbSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetCertificateArn(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.CertificateArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.DatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDynamoDbSettings sets the DynamoDbSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetDynamoDbSettings(v *DynamoDbSettings) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.DynamoDbSettings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointIdentifier sets the EndpointIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetEndpointIdentifier(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.EndpointIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetEndpointType(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.EndpointType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetEngineName(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.EngineName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExternalTableDefinition sets the ExternalTableDefinition field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetExternalTableDefinition(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.ExternalTableDefinition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExtraConnectionAttributes sets the ExtraConnectionAttributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetExtraConnectionAttributes(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.ExtraConnectionAttributes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMongoDbSettings sets the MongoDbSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetMongoDbSettings(v *MongoDbSettings) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.MongoDbSettings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPassword sets the Password field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetPassword(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.Password = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetPort(v int64) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Settings sets the S3Settings field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetS3Settings(v *S3Settings) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.S3Settings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServerName sets the ServerName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetServerName(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.ServerName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceAccessRoleArn sets the ServiceAccessRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetServiceAccessRoleArn(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.ServiceAccessRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSslMode sets the SslMode field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetSslMode(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.SslMode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointInput) SetUsername(v string) *CreateEndpointInput {
|
|
s.Username = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateEndpointOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The endpoint that was created.
|
|
Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEndpointOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *CreateEndpointOutput {
|
|
s.Endpoint = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription, or set to false
|
|
// to create the subscription but not activate it.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories for a source type that you want to subscribe to.
|
|
// You can see a list of the categories for a given source type by calling the
|
|
// DescribeEventCategories action or in the topic Working with Events and Notifications
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Events.html) in the
|
|
// AWS Database Migration Service User Guide.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic created for event
|
|
// notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and
|
|
// subscribe to it.
|
|
//
|
|
// SnsTopicArn is a required field
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The list of identifiers of the event sources for which events will be returned.
|
|
// If not specified, then all sources are included in the response. An identifier
|
|
// must begin with a letter and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and
|
|
// hyphens; it cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
SourceIds []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of AWS DMS resource that generates the events. For example, if you
|
|
// want to be notified of events generated by a replication instance, you set
|
|
// this parameter to replication-instance. If this value is not specified, all
|
|
// events are returned.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: replication-instance | migration-task
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the AWS DMS event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: The name must be less than 255 characters.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionName is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A tag to be attached to the event subscription.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SnsTopicArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SnsTopicArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIds sets the SourceIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceIds(v []*string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The event subscription that was created.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *CreateEventSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateReplicationInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be initially allocated for the replication
|
|
// instance.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor engine upgrades will be applied automatically to the
|
|
// replication instance during the maintenance window.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: true
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 Availability Zone that the replication instance will be created in.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A random, system-chosen Availability Zone in the endpoint's region.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: us-east-1d
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version number of the replication instance.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The KMS key identifier that will be used to encrypt the content on the replication
|
|
// instance. If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then
|
|
// AWS DMS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default
|
|
// encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default
|
|
// encryption key for each AWS region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the replication instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot
|
|
// set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the Multi-AZ parameter is set to true.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range during which system maintenance can occur, in Universal
|
|
// Coordinated Time (UTC).
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: A 30-minute window selected at random from an 8-hour block of time
|
|
// per region, occurring on a random day of the week.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 30-minute window.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the replication instance. A value
|
|
// of true represents an instance with a public IP address. A value of false
|
|
// represents an instance with a private IP address. The default value is true.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the replication instance as specified
|
|
// by the replication instance class.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: dms.t2.micro | dms.t2.small | dms.t2.medium | dms.t2.large
|
|
// | dms.c4.large | dms.c4.xlarge | dms.c4.2xlarge | dms.c4.4xlarge
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationInstanceClass is a required field
|
|
ReplicationInstanceClass *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: myrepinstance
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationInstanceIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ReplicationInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A subnet group to associate with the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Tags to be associated with the replication instance.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the VPC security group to be used with the replication instance.
|
|
// The VPC security group must work with the VPC containing the replication
|
|
// instance.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateReplicationInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationInstanceClass == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationInstanceClass"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ReplicationInstanceIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationInstanceIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceClass sets the ReplicationInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetReplicationInstanceClass(v string) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceIdentifier sets the ReplicationInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetReplicationInstanceIdentifier(v string) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier sets the ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier(v string) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *CreateReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateReplicationInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication instance that was created.
|
|
ReplicationInstance *ReplicationInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstance sets the ReplicationInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationInstanceOutput) SetReplicationInstance(v *ReplicationInstance) *CreateReplicationInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description for the subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription is a required field
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name for the replication subnet group. This value is stored as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must contain no more than 255 alphanumeric characters, periods,
|
|
// spaces, underscores, or hyphens. Must not be "default".
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: mySubnetgroup
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The EC2 subnet IDs for the subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetIds is a required field
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag to be assigned to the subnet group.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroupDescription sets the ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput) SetReplicationSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier sets the ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput) SetReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier(v string) *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.SubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateReplicationSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication subnet group that was created.
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroup *ReplicationSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroup sets the ReplicationSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupOutput) SetReplicationSubnetGroup(v *ReplicationSubnetGroup) *CreateReplicationSubnetGroupOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateReplicationTaskInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates when you want a change data capture (CDC) operation to start. Use
|
|
// either CdcStartPosition or CdcStartTime to specify when you want a CDC operation
|
|
// to start. Specifying both values results in an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// The value can be in date, checkpoint, or LSN/SCN format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Date Example: --cdc-start-position “2018-03-08T12:12:12”
|
|
//
|
|
// Checkpoint Example: --cdc-start-position "checkpoint:V1#27#mysql-bin-changelog.157832:1975:-1:2002:677883278264080:mysql-bin-changelog.157832:1876#0#0#*#0#93"
|
|
//
|
|
// LSN Example: --cdc-start-position “mysql-bin-changelog.000024:373”
|
|
CdcStartPosition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the start time for a change data capture (CDC) operation. Use either
|
|
// CdcStartTime or CdcStartPosition to specify when you want a CDC operation
|
|
// to start. Specifying both values results in an error.
|
|
CdcStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates when you want a change data capture (CDC) operation to stop. The
|
|
// value can be either server time or commit time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Server time example: --cdc-stop-position “server_time:3018-02-09T12:12:12”
|
|
//
|
|
// Commit time example: --cdc-stop-position “commit_time: 3018-02-09T12:12:12
|
|
// “
|
|
CdcStopPosition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The migration type.
|
|
//
|
|
// MigrationType is a required field
|
|
MigrationType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"MigrationTypeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationInstanceArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication task identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationTaskIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ReplicationTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Settings for the task, such as target metadata settings. For a complete list
|
|
// of task settings, see Task Settings for AWS Database Migration Service Tasks
|
|
// (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Tasks.CustomizingTasks.TaskSettings.html).
|
|
ReplicationTaskSettings *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// SourceEndpointArn is a required field
|
|
SourceEndpointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// When using the AWS CLI or boto3, provide the path of the JSON file that contains
|
|
// the table mappings. Precede the path with "file://". When working with the
|
|
// DMS API, provide the JSON as the parameter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// For example, --table-mappings file://mappingfile.json
|
|
//
|
|
// TableMappings is a required field
|
|
TableMappings *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// Tags to be added to the replication instance.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// TargetEndpointArn is a required field
|
|
TargetEndpointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationTaskInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationTaskInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateReplicationTaskInput"}
|
|
if s.MigrationType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MigrationType"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ReplicationInstanceArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationInstanceArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ReplicationTaskIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationTaskIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SourceEndpointArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SourceEndpointArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TableMappings == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TableMappings"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TargetEndpointArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetEndpointArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCdcStartPosition sets the CdcStartPosition field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) SetCdcStartPosition(v string) *CreateReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.CdcStartPosition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCdcStartTime sets the CdcStartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) SetCdcStartTime(v time.Time) *CreateReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.CdcStartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCdcStopPosition sets the CdcStopPosition field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) SetCdcStopPosition(v string) *CreateReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.CdcStopPosition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMigrationType sets the MigrationType field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) SetMigrationType(v string) *CreateReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.MigrationType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *CreateReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskIdentifier sets the ReplicationTaskIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) SetReplicationTaskIdentifier(v string) *CreateReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskSettings sets the ReplicationTaskSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) SetReplicationTaskSettings(v string) *CreateReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskSettings = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceEndpointArn sets the SourceEndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) SetSourceEndpointArn(v string) *CreateReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.SourceEndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTableMappings sets the TableMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) SetTableMappings(v string) *CreateReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.TableMappings = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *CreateReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetEndpointArn sets the TargetEndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskInput) SetTargetEndpointArn(v string) *CreateReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.TargetEndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type CreateReplicationTaskOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication task that was created.
|
|
ReplicationTask *ReplicationTask `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationTaskOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s CreateReplicationTaskOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTask sets the ReplicationTask field's value.
|
|
func (s *CreateReplicationTaskOutput) SetReplicationTask(v *ReplicationTask) *CreateReplicationTaskOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTask = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteCertificateInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the deleted certificate.
|
|
//
|
|
// CertificateArn is a required field
|
|
CertificateArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCertificateInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCertificateInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCertificateInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteCertificateInput"}
|
|
if s.CertificateArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CertificateArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCertificateInput) SetCertificateArn(v string) *DeleteCertificateInput {
|
|
s.CertificateArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteCertificateOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) certificate.
|
|
Certificate *Certificate `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCertificateOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteCertificateOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificate sets the Certificate field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteCertificateOutput) SetCertificate(v *Certificate) *DeleteCertificateOutput {
|
|
s.Certificate = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteEndpointInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// EndpointArn is a required field
|
|
EndpointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEndpointInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEndpointInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEndpointInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEndpointInput"}
|
|
if s.EndpointArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointArn sets the EndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEndpointInput) SetEndpointArn(v string) *DeleteEndpointInput {
|
|
s.EndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteEndpointOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The endpoint that was deleted.
|
|
Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEndpointOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *DeleteEndpointOutput {
|
|
s.Endpoint = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the DMS event notification subscription to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionName is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DeleteEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The event subscription that was deleted.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *DeleteEventSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteReplicationInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationInstanceArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteReplicationInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReplicationInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationInstanceArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationInstanceArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteReplicationInstanceInput) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *DeleteReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteReplicationInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication instance that was deleted.
|
|
ReplicationInstance *ReplicationInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstance sets the ReplicationInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteReplicationInstanceOutput) SetReplicationInstance(v *ReplicationInstance) *DeleteReplicationInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The subnet group name of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier sets the ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupInput) SetReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier(v string) *DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteReplicationTaskInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication task to be deleted.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationTaskArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationTaskInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationTaskInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DeleteReplicationTaskInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReplicationTaskInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationTaskArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationTaskArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteReplicationTaskInput) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *DeleteReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DeleteReplicationTaskOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The deleted replication task.
|
|
ReplicationTask *ReplicationTask `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationTaskOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DeleteReplicationTaskOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTask sets the ReplicationTask field's value.
|
|
func (s *DeleteReplicationTaskOutput) SetReplicationTask(v *ReplicationTask) *DeleteReplicationTaskOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTask = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeAccountAttributesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeAccountAttributesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Account quota information.
|
|
AccountQuotas []*AccountQuota `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAccountQuotas sets the AccountQuotas field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput) SetAccountQuotas(v []*AccountQuota) *DescribeAccountAttributesOutput {
|
|
s.AccountQuotas = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeCertificatesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters applied to the certificate described in the form of key-value pairs.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 10
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeCertificatesInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeCertificatesInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeCertificatesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) certificates associated with the replication
|
|
// instance.
|
|
Certificates []*Certificate `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The pagination token.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeCertificatesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificates sets the Certificates field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetCertificates(v []*Certificate) *DescribeCertificatesOutput {
|
|
s.Certificates = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeCertificatesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeCertificatesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeConnectionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The filters applied to the connection.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid filter names: endpoint-arn | replication-instance-arn
|
|
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeConnectionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeConnectionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeConnectionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeConnectionsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeConnectionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeConnectionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeConnectionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeConnectionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeConnectionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the connections.
|
|
Connections []*Connection `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeConnectionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeConnectionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnections sets the Connections field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeConnectionsOutput) SetConnections(v []*Connection) *DescribeConnectionsOutput {
|
|
s.Connections = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeConnectionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeConnectionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEndpointTypesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters applied to the describe action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid filter names: engine-name | endpoint-type
|
|
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEndpointTypesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEndpointTypesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointTypesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEndpointTypesInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointTypesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEndpointTypesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointTypesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEndpointTypesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointTypesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEndpointTypesInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEndpointTypesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of endpoints that are supported.
|
|
SupportedEndpointTypes []*SupportedEndpointType `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEndpointTypesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEndpointTypesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointTypesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEndpointTypesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSupportedEndpointTypes sets the SupportedEndpointTypes field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointTypesOutput) SetSupportedEndpointTypes(v []*SupportedEndpointType) *DescribeEndpointTypesOutput {
|
|
s.SupportedEndpointTypes = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEndpointsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters applied to the describe action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid filter names: endpoint-arn | endpoint-type | endpoint-id | engine-name
|
|
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEndpointsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEndpointsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEndpointsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEndpointsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEndpointsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Endpoint description.
|
|
Endpoints []*Endpoint `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoints sets the Endpoints field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetEndpoints(v []*Endpoint) *DescribeEndpointsOutput {
|
|
s.Endpoints = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEndpointsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters applied to the action.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of AWS DMS resource that generates events.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: replication-instance | migration-task
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventCategoriesInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventCategoriesInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventCategoriesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories.
|
|
EventCategoryGroupList []*EventCategoryGroup `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategoryGroupList sets the EventCategoryGroupList field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput) SetEventCategoryGroupList(v []*EventCategoryGroup) *DescribeEventCategoriesOutput {
|
|
s.EventCategoryGroupList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters applied to the action.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the AWS DMS event subscription to be described.
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event subscriptions.
|
|
EventSubscriptionsList []*EventSubscription `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscriptionsList sets the EventSubscriptionsList field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetEventSubscriptionsList(v []*EventSubscription) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscriptionsList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventSubscriptionsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The duration of the events to be listed.
|
|
Duration *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The end time for the events to be listed.
|
|
EndTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories for a source type that you want to subscribe to.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters applied to the action.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the event source. An identifier must begin with a letter
|
|
// and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens. It cannot end with
|
|
// a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of AWS DMS resource that generates events.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: replication-instance | migration-task
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
|
|
// The start time for the events to be listed.
|
|
StartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeEventsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.Duration = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndTime sets the EndTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEndTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.EndTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetSourceType(v string) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartTime sets the StartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsInput) SetStartTime(v time.Time) *DescribeEventsInput {
|
|
s.StartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeEventsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The events described.
|
|
Events []*Event `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeEventsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEvents sets the Events field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetEvents(v []*Event) *DescribeEventsOutput {
|
|
s.Events = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeEventsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeEventsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The order-able replication instances available.
|
|
OrderableReplicationInstances []*OrderableReplicationInstance `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetOrderableReplicationInstances sets the OrderableReplicationInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput) SetOrderableReplicationInstances(v []*OrderableReplicationInstance) *DescribeOrderableReplicationInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.OrderableReplicationInstances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// EndpointArn is a required field
|
|
EndpointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusInput"}
|
|
if s.EndpointArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointArn sets the EndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusInput) SetEndpointArn(v string) *DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusInput {
|
|
s.EndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the schema.
|
|
RefreshSchemasStatus *RefreshSchemasStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRefreshSchemasStatus sets the RefreshSchemasStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusOutput) SetRefreshSchemasStatus(v *RefreshSchemasStatus) *DescribeRefreshSchemasStatusOutput {
|
|
s.RefreshSchemasStatus = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationInstanceArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationInstanceArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationInstanceArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An array of replication task log metadata. Each member of the array contains
|
|
// the replication task name, ARN, and task log size (in bytes).
|
|
ReplicationInstanceTaskLogs []*ReplicationInstanceTaskLog `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceTaskLogs sets the ReplicationInstanceTaskLogs field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput) SetReplicationInstanceTaskLogs(v []*ReplicationInstanceTaskLog) *DescribeReplicationInstanceTaskLogsOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceTaskLogs = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReplicationInstancesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters applied to the describe action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid filter names: replication-instance-arn | replication-instance-id |
|
|
// replication-instance-class | engine-version
|
|
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationInstancesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationInstancesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReplicationInstancesInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReplicationInstancesInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication instances described.
|
|
ReplicationInstances []*ReplicationInstance `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstances sets the ReplicationInstances field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput) SetReplicationInstances(v []*ReplicationInstance) *DescribeReplicationInstancesOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstances = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters applied to the describe action.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the replication subnet groups.
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroups []*ReplicationSubnetGroup `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroups sets the ReplicationSubnetGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput) SetReplicationSubnetGroups(v []*ReplicationSubnetGroup) *DescribeReplicationSubnetGroupsOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// - The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the task.
|
|
// When this input parameter is specified the API will return only one result
|
|
// and ignore the values of the max-records and marker parameters.
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// - The Amazon S3 bucket where the task assessment report is located.
|
|
BucketName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The task assessment report.
|
|
ReplicationTaskAssessmentResults []*ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput) SetBucketName(v string) *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput {
|
|
s.BucketName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskAssessmentResults sets the ReplicationTaskAssessmentResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput) SetReplicationTaskAssessmentResults(v []*ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult) *DescribeReplicationTaskAssessmentResultsOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskAssessmentResults = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReplicationTasksInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters applied to the describe action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid filter names: replication-task-arn | replication-task-id | migration-type
|
|
// | endpoint-arn | replication-instance-arn
|
|
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationTasksInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationTasksInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTasksInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReplicationTasksInput"}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTasksInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeReplicationTasksInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTasksInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReplicationTasksInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTasksInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeReplicationTasksInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeReplicationTasksOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A description of the replication tasks.
|
|
ReplicationTasks []*ReplicationTask `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationTasksOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeReplicationTasksOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTasksOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeReplicationTasksOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTasks sets the ReplicationTasks field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeReplicationTasksOutput) SetReplicationTasks(v []*ReplicationTask) *DescribeReplicationTasksOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTasks = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeSchemasInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// EndpointArn is a required field
|
|
EndpointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 100.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSchemasInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSchemasInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSchemasInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeSchemasInput"}
|
|
if s.EndpointArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointArn sets the EndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSchemasInput) SetEndpointArn(v string) *DescribeSchemasInput {
|
|
s.EndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSchemasInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSchemasInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSchemasInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeSchemasInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeSchemasOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The described schema.
|
|
Schemas []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSchemasOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeSchemasOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSchemasOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeSchemasOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSchemas sets the Schemas field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeSchemasOutput) SetSchemas(v []*string) *DescribeSchemasOutput {
|
|
s.Schemas = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTableStatisticsInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Filters applied to the describe table statistics action.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid filter names: schema-name | table-name | table-state
|
|
//
|
|
// A combination of filters creates an AND condition where each record matches
|
|
// all specified filters.
|
|
Filters []*Filter `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The maximum number of records to include in the response. If more records
|
|
// exist than the specified MaxRecords value, a pagination token called a marker
|
|
// is included in the response so that the remaining results can be retrieved.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: 100
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Minimum 20, maximum 500.
|
|
MaxRecords *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication task.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationTaskArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableStatisticsInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableStatisticsInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableStatisticsInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeTableStatisticsInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationTaskArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationTaskArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Filters != nil {
|
|
for i, v := range s.Filters {
|
|
if v == nil {
|
|
continue
|
|
}
|
|
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Filters", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFilters sets the Filters field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableStatisticsInput) SetFilters(v []*Filter) *DescribeTableStatisticsInput {
|
|
s.Filters = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableStatisticsInput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTableStatisticsInput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxRecords sets the MaxRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableStatisticsInput) SetMaxRecords(v int64) *DescribeTableStatisticsInput {
|
|
s.MaxRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableStatisticsInput) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *DescribeTableStatisticsInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DescribeTableStatisticsOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional pagination token provided by a previous request. If this parameter
|
|
// is specified, the response includes only records beyond the marker, up to
|
|
// the value specified by MaxRecords.
|
|
Marker *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication task.
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The table statistics.
|
|
TableStatistics []*TableStatistics `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableStatisticsOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DescribeTableStatisticsOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMarker sets the Marker field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableStatisticsOutput) SetMarker(v string) *DescribeTableStatisticsOutput {
|
|
s.Marker = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableStatisticsOutput) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *DescribeTableStatisticsOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTableStatistics sets the TableStatistics field's value.
|
|
func (s *DescribeTableStatisticsOutput) SetTableStatistics(v []*TableStatistics) *DescribeTableStatisticsOutput {
|
|
s.TableStatistics = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type DynamoDbSettings struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) used by the service access IAM role.
|
|
//
|
|
// ServiceAccessRoleArn is a required field
|
|
ServiceAccessRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DynamoDbSettings) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s DynamoDbSettings) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *DynamoDbSettings) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DynamoDbSettings"}
|
|
if s.ServiceAccessRoleArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceAccessRoleArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceAccessRoleArn sets the ServiceAccessRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *DynamoDbSettings) SetServiceAccessRoleArn(v string) *DynamoDbSettings {
|
|
s.ServiceAccessRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type Endpoint struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) used for SSL connection to the endpoint.
|
|
CertificateArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the database at the endpoint.
|
|
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The settings for the target DynamoDB database. For more information, see
|
|
// the DynamoDBSettings structure.
|
|
DynamoDbSettings *DynamoDbSettings `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
EndpointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database endpoint identifier. Identifiers must begin with a letter; must
|
|
// contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; and must not end with a
|
|
// hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
EndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of endpoint.
|
|
EndpointType *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicationEndpointTypeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The expanded name for the engine name. For example, if the EngineName parameter
|
|
// is "aurora," this value would be "Amazon Aurora MySQL."
|
|
EngineDisplayName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine name. Valid values, depending on the EndPointType, include
|
|
// mysql, oracle, postgres, mariadb, aurora, aurora-postgresql, redshift, s3,
|
|
// db2, azuredb, sybase, sybase, dynamodb, mongodb, and sqlserver.
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Value returned by a call to CreateEndpoint that can be used for cross-account
|
|
// validation. Use it on a subsequent call to CreateEndpoint to create the endpoint
|
|
// with a cross-account.
|
|
ExternalId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The external table definition.
|
|
ExternalTableDefinition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Additional connection attributes used to connect to the endpoint.
|
|
ExtraConnectionAttributes *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The KMS key identifier that will be used to encrypt the connection parameters.
|
|
// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then AWS DMS will
|
|
// use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key
|
|
// for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption
|
|
// key for each AWS region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The settings for the MongoDB source endpoint. For more information, see the
|
|
// MongoDbSettings structure.
|
|
MongoDbSettings *MongoDbSettings `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The port value used to access the endpoint.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The settings for the S3 target endpoint. For more information, see the S3Settings
|
|
// structure.
|
|
S3Settings *S3Settings `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the server at the endpoint.
|
|
ServerName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) used by the service access IAM role.
|
|
ServiceAccessRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The SSL mode used to connect to the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// SSL mode can be one of four values: none, require, verify-ca, verify-full.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default value is none.
|
|
SslMode *string `type:"string" enum:"DmsSslModeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the endpoint.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The user name used to connect to the endpoint.
|
|
Username *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Endpoint) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetCertificateArn(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.CertificateArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetDatabaseName(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.DatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDynamoDbSettings sets the DynamoDbSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetDynamoDbSettings(v *DynamoDbSettings) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.DynamoDbSettings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointArn sets the EndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetEndpointArn(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.EndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointIdentifier sets the EndpointIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetEndpointIdentifier(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.EndpointIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetEndpointType(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.EndpointType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineDisplayName sets the EngineDisplayName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetEngineDisplayName(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.EngineDisplayName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetEngineName(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.EngineName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExternalId sets the ExternalId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetExternalId(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.ExternalId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExternalTableDefinition sets the ExternalTableDefinition field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetExternalTableDefinition(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.ExternalTableDefinition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExtraConnectionAttributes sets the ExtraConnectionAttributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetExtraConnectionAttributes(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.ExtraConnectionAttributes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMongoDbSettings sets the MongoDbSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetMongoDbSettings(v *MongoDbSettings) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.MongoDbSettings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetPort(v int64) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Settings sets the S3Settings field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetS3Settings(v *S3Settings) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.S3Settings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServerName sets the ServerName field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetServerName(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.ServerName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceAccessRoleArn sets the ServiceAccessRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetServiceAccessRoleArn(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.ServiceAccessRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSslMode sets the SslMode field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetSslMode(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.SslMode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetStatus(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
|
|
func (s *Endpoint) SetUsername(v string) *Endpoint {
|
|
s.Username = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type Event struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The date of the event.
|
|
Date *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The event categories available for the specified source type.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The event message.
|
|
Message *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the event source. An identifier must begin with a letter
|
|
// and must contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; it cannot end with
|
|
// a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:replication instance, endpoint, migration task
|
|
SourceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of AWS DMS resource that generates events.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: replication-instance | endpoint | migration-task
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string" enum:"SourceType"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Event) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDate sets the Date field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetDate(v time.Time) *Event {
|
|
s.Date = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *Event {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMessage sets the Message field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetMessage(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.Message = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdentifier sets the SourceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetSourceIdentifier(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.SourceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *Event) SetSourceType(v string) *Event {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type EventCategoryGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories for a SourceType that you want to subscribe to.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of AWS DMS resource that generates events.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: replication-instance | replication-server | security-group
|
|
// | migration-task
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoryGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventCategoryGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventCategoryGroup) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *EventCategoryGroup {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventCategoryGroup) SetSourceType(v string) *EventCategoryGroup {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type EventSubscription struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS DMS event notification subscription Id.
|
|
CustSubscriptionId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The AWS customer account associated with the AWS DMS event notification subscription.
|
|
CustomerAwsId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Boolean value that indicates if the event subscription is enabled.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A lists of event categories.
|
|
EventCategoriesList []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The topic ARN of the AWS DMS event notification subscription.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of source Ids for the event subscription.
|
|
SourceIdsList []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of AWS DMS resource that generates events.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: replication-instance | replication-server | security-group
|
|
// | migration-task
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the AWS DMS event notification subscription.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// Can be one of the following: creating | modifying | deleting | active | no-permission
|
|
// | topic-not-exist
|
|
//
|
|
// The status "no-permission" indicates that AWS DMS no longer has permission
|
|
// to post to the SNS topic. The status "topic-not-exist" indicates that the
|
|
// topic was deleted after the subscription was created.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the RDS event notification subscription was created.
|
|
SubscriptionCreationTime *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventSubscription) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s EventSubscription) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustSubscriptionId sets the CustSubscriptionId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustSubscriptionId(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.CustSubscriptionId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCustomerAwsId sets the CustomerAwsId field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetCustomerAwsId(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.CustomerAwsId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetEnabled(v bool) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategoriesList sets the EventCategoriesList field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetEventCategoriesList(v []*string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.EventCategoriesList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceIdsList sets the SourceIdsList field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceIdsList(v []*string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SourceIdsList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSourceType(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetStatus(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionCreationTime sets the SubscriptionCreationTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *EventSubscription) SetSubscriptionCreationTime(v string) *EventSubscription {
|
|
s.SubscriptionCreationTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type Filter struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the filter.
|
|
//
|
|
// Name is a required field
|
|
Name *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The filter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// Values is a required field
|
|
Values []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Filter) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Filter) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *Filter) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Filter"}
|
|
if s.Name == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.Values == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Values"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetName sets the Name field's value.
|
|
func (s *Filter) SetName(v string) *Filter {
|
|
s.Name = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValues sets the Values field's value.
|
|
func (s *Filter) SetValues(v []*string) *Filter {
|
|
s.Values = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ImportCertificateInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The customer-assigned name of the certificate. Valid characters are A-z and
|
|
// 0-9.
|
|
//
|
|
// CertificateIdentifier is a required field
|
|
CertificateIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The contents of the .pem X.509 certificate file for the certificate.
|
|
CertificatePem *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The location of the imported Oracle Wallet certificate for use with SSL.
|
|
//
|
|
// CertificateWallet is automatically base64 encoded/decoded by the SDK.
|
|
CertificateWallet []byte `type:"blob"`
|
|
|
|
// The tags associated with the certificate.
|
|
Tags []*Tag `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportCertificateInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportCertificateInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ImportCertificateInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ImportCertificateInput"}
|
|
if s.CertificateIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CertificateIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateIdentifier sets the CertificateIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportCertificateInput) SetCertificateIdentifier(v string) *ImportCertificateInput {
|
|
s.CertificateIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificatePem sets the CertificatePem field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportCertificateInput) SetCertificatePem(v string) *ImportCertificateInput {
|
|
s.CertificatePem = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateWallet sets the CertificateWallet field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportCertificateInput) SetCertificateWallet(v []byte) *ImportCertificateInput {
|
|
s.CertificateWallet = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportCertificateInput) SetTags(v []*Tag) *ImportCertificateInput {
|
|
s.Tags = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ImportCertificateOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The certificate to be uploaded.
|
|
Certificate *Certificate `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportCertificateOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ImportCertificateOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificate sets the Certificate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ImportCertificateOutput) SetCertificate(v *Certificate) *ImportCertificateOutput {
|
|
s.Certificate = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ListTagsForResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the AWS DMS
|
|
// resource.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceArn is a required field
|
|
ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput {
|
|
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of tags for the resource.
|
|
TagList []*Tag `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagList sets the TagList field's value.
|
|
func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTagList(v []*Tag) *ListTagsForResourceOutput {
|
|
s.TagList = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyEndpointInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the certificate used for SSL connection.
|
|
CertificateArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the endpoint database.
|
|
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Settings in JSON format for the target Amazon DynamoDB endpoint. For more
|
|
// information about the available settings, see the Using Object Mapping to
|
|
// Migrate Data to DynamoDB section at Using an Amazon DynamoDB Database as
|
|
// a Target for AWS Database Migration Service (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Target.DynamoDB.html).
|
|
DynamoDbSettings *DynamoDbSettings `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// EndpointArn is a required field
|
|
EndpointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The database endpoint identifier. Identifiers must begin with a letter; must
|
|
// contain only ASCII letters, digits, and hyphens; and must not end with a
|
|
// hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
EndpointIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of endpoint.
|
|
EndpointType *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicationEndpointTypeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of engine for the endpoint. Valid values, depending on the EndPointType,
|
|
// include mysql, oracle, postgres, mariadb, aurora, aurora-postgresql, redshift,
|
|
// s3, db2, azuredb, sybase, sybase, dynamodb, mongodb, and sqlserver.
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The external table definition.
|
|
ExternalTableDefinition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Additional attributes associated with the connection. To reset this parameter,
|
|
// pass the empty string ("") as an argument.
|
|
ExtraConnectionAttributes *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Settings in JSON format for the source MongoDB endpoint. For more information
|
|
// about the available settings, see the Configuration Properties When Using
|
|
// MongoDB as a Source for AWS Database Migration Service section at Using
|
|
// Amazon S3 as a Target for AWS Database Migration Service (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Source.MongoDB.html).
|
|
MongoDbSettings *MongoDbSettings `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The password to be used to login to the endpoint database.
|
|
Password *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port used by the endpoint database.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Settings in JSON format for the target S3 endpoint. For more information
|
|
// about the available settings, see the Extra Connection Attributes section
|
|
// at Using Amazon S3 as a Target for AWS Database Migration Service (http://docs.aws.amazon.com/dms/latest/userguide/CHAP_Target.S3.html).
|
|
S3Settings *S3Settings `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the server where the endpoint database resides.
|
|
ServerName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the service access role you want to use
|
|
// to modify the endpoint.
|
|
ServiceAccessRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The SSL mode to be used.
|
|
//
|
|
// SSL mode can be one of four values: none, require, verify-ca, verify-full.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default value is none.
|
|
SslMode *string `type:"string" enum:"DmsSslModeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The user name to be used to login to the endpoint database.
|
|
Username *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEndpointInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEndpointInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEndpointInput"}
|
|
if s.EndpointArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.DynamoDbSettings != nil {
|
|
if err := s.DynamoDbSettings.Validate(); err != nil {
|
|
invalidParams.AddNested("DynamoDbSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCertificateArn sets the CertificateArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetCertificateArn(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.CertificateArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetDatabaseName(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.DatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDynamoDbSettings sets the DynamoDbSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetDynamoDbSettings(v *DynamoDbSettings) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.DynamoDbSettings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointArn sets the EndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetEndpointArn(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.EndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointIdentifier sets the EndpointIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetEndpointIdentifier(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.EndpointIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetEndpointType(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.EndpointType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetEngineName(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.EngineName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExternalTableDefinition sets the ExternalTableDefinition field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetExternalTableDefinition(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.ExternalTableDefinition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExtraConnectionAttributes sets the ExtraConnectionAttributes field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetExtraConnectionAttributes(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.ExtraConnectionAttributes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMongoDbSettings sets the MongoDbSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetMongoDbSettings(v *MongoDbSettings) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.MongoDbSettings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPassword sets the Password field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetPassword(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.Password = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetPort(v int64) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3Settings sets the S3Settings field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetS3Settings(v *S3Settings) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.S3Settings = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServerName sets the ServerName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetServerName(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.ServerName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceAccessRoleArn sets the ServiceAccessRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetServiceAccessRoleArn(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.ServiceAccessRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSslMode sets the SslMode field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetSslMode(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.SslMode = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointInput) SetUsername(v string) *ModifyEndpointInput {
|
|
s.Username = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyEndpointOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The modified endpoint.
|
|
Endpoint *Endpoint `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEndpointOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEndpointOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpoint sets the Endpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEndpointOutput) SetEndpoint(v *Endpoint) *ModifyEndpointOutput {
|
|
s.Endpoint = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyEventSubscriptionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A Boolean value; set to true to activate the subscription.
|
|
Enabled *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of event categories for a source type that you want to subscribe to.
|
|
// Use the DescribeEventCategories action to see a list of event categories.
|
|
EventCategories []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon SNS topic created for event
|
|
// notification. The ARN is created by Amazon SNS when you create a topic and
|
|
// subscribe to it.
|
|
SnsTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of AWS DMS resource that generates the events you want to subscribe
|
|
// to.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: replication-instance | migration-task
|
|
SourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the AWS DMS event notification subscription to be modified.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubscriptionName is a required field
|
|
SubscriptionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyEventSubscriptionInput"}
|
|
if s.SubscriptionName == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubscriptionName"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEnabled sets the Enabled field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEnabled(v bool) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.Enabled = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventCategories sets the EventCategories field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetEventCategories(v []*string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.EventCategories = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSnsTopicArn sets the SnsTopicArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSnsTopicArn(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SnsTopicArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSourceType(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SourceType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubscriptionName sets the SubscriptionName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput) SetSubscriptionName(v string) *ModifyEventSubscriptionInput {
|
|
s.SubscriptionName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The modified event subscription.
|
|
EventSubscription *EventSubscription `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEventSubscription sets the EventSubscription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput) SetEventSubscription(v *EventSubscription) *ModifyEventSubscriptionOutput {
|
|
s.EventSubscription = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyReplicationInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) to be allocated for the replication
|
|
// instance.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that major version upgrades are allowed. Changing this parameter
|
|
// does not result in an outage and the change is asynchronously applied as
|
|
// soon as possible.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: This parameter must be set to true when specifying a value for
|
|
// the EngineVersion parameter that is a different major version than the replication
|
|
// instance's current version.
|
|
AllowMajorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates whether the changes should be applied immediately or during the
|
|
// next maintenance window.
|
|
ApplyImmediately *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates that minor version upgrades will be applied automatically to the
|
|
// replication instance during the maintenance window. Changing this parameter
|
|
// does not result in an outage except in the following case and the change
|
|
// is asynchronously applied as soon as possible. An outage will result if this
|
|
// parameter is set to true during the maintenance window, and a newer minor
|
|
// version is available, and AWS DMS has enabled auto patching for that engine
|
|
// version.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version number of the replication instance.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the replication instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot
|
|
// set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the Multi-AZ parameter is set to true.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The weekly time range (in UTC) during which system maintenance can occur,
|
|
// which might result in an outage. Changing this parameter does not result
|
|
// in an outage, except in the following situation, and the change is asynchronously
|
|
// applied as soon as possible. If moving this window to the current time, there
|
|
// must be at least 30 minutes between the current time and end of the window
|
|
// to ensure pending changes are applied.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default: Uses existing setting
|
|
//
|
|
// Format: ddd:hh24:mi-ddd:hh24:mi
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Days: Mon | Tue | Wed | Thu | Fri | Sat | Sun
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints: Must be at least 30 minutes
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationInstanceArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: dms.t2.micro | dms.t2.small | dms.t2.medium | dms.t2.large
|
|
// | dms.c4.large | dms.c4.xlarge | dms.c4.2xlarge | dms.c4.4xlarge
|
|
ReplicationInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
ReplicationInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the VPC security group to be used with the replication instance.
|
|
// The VPC security group must work with the VPC containing the replication
|
|
// instance.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupIds []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyReplicationInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationInstanceArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationInstanceArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade sets the AllowMajorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) SetAllowMajorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AllowMajorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetApplyImmediately sets the ApplyImmediately field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) SetApplyImmediately(v bool) *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ApplyImmediately = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceClass sets the ReplicationInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) SetReplicationInstanceClass(v string) *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceIdentifier sets the ReplicationInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) SetReplicationInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupIds sets the VpcSecurityGroupIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput) SetVpcSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *ModifyReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyReplicationInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The modified replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationInstance *ReplicationInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstance sets the ReplicationInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationInstanceOutput) SetReplicationInstance(v *ReplicationInstance) *ModifyReplicationInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the replication instance subnet group.
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the replication instance subnet group.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier is a required field
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// A list of subnet IDs.
|
|
//
|
|
// SubnetIds is a required field
|
|
SubnetIds []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.SubnetIds == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroupDescription sets the ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput) SetReplicationSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier sets the ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput) SetReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier(v string) *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupInput {
|
|
s.SubnetIds = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The modified replication subnet group.
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroup *ReplicationSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroup sets the ReplicationSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupOutput) SetReplicationSubnetGroup(v *ReplicationSubnetGroup) *ModifyReplicationSubnetGroupOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyReplicationTaskInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates when you want a change data capture (CDC) operation to start. Use
|
|
// either CdcStartPosition or CdcStartTime to specify when you want a CDC operation
|
|
// to start. Specifying both values results in an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// The value can be in date, checkpoint, or LSN/SCN format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Date Example: --cdc-start-position “2018-03-08T12:12:12”
|
|
//
|
|
// Checkpoint Example: --cdc-start-position "checkpoint:V1#27#mysql-bin-changelog.157832:1975:-1:2002:677883278264080:mysql-bin-changelog.157832:1876#0#0#*#0#93"
|
|
//
|
|
// LSN Example: --cdc-start-position “mysql-bin-changelog.000024:373”
|
|
CdcStartPosition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the start time for a change data capture (CDC) operation. Use either
|
|
// CdcStartTime or CdcStartPosition to specify when you want a CDC operation
|
|
// to start. Specifying both values results in an error.
|
|
CdcStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates when you want a change data capture (CDC) operation to stop. The
|
|
// value can be either server time or commit time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Server time example: --cdc-stop-position “server_time:3018-02-09T12:12:12”
|
|
//
|
|
// Commit time example: --cdc-stop-position “commit_time: 3018-02-09T12:12:12
|
|
// “
|
|
CdcStopPosition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The migration type.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: full-load | cdc | full-load-and-cdc
|
|
MigrationType *string `type:"string" enum:"MigrationTypeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication task.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationTaskArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication task identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
ReplicationTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// JSON file that contains settings for the task, such as target metadata settings.
|
|
ReplicationTaskSettings *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// When using the AWS CLI or boto3, provide the path of the JSON file that contains
|
|
// the table mappings. Precede the path with "file://". When working with the
|
|
// DMS API, provide the JSON as the parameter value.
|
|
//
|
|
// For example, --table-mappings file://mappingfile.json
|
|
TableMappings *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationTaskInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationTaskInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationTaskInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ModifyReplicationTaskInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationTaskArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationTaskArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCdcStartPosition sets the CdcStartPosition field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationTaskInput) SetCdcStartPosition(v string) *ModifyReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.CdcStartPosition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCdcStartTime sets the CdcStartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationTaskInput) SetCdcStartTime(v time.Time) *ModifyReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.CdcStartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCdcStopPosition sets the CdcStopPosition field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationTaskInput) SetCdcStopPosition(v string) *ModifyReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.CdcStopPosition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMigrationType sets the MigrationType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationTaskInput) SetMigrationType(v string) *ModifyReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.MigrationType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationTaskInput) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *ModifyReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskIdentifier sets the ReplicationTaskIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationTaskInput) SetReplicationTaskIdentifier(v string) *ModifyReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskSettings sets the ReplicationTaskSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationTaskInput) SetReplicationTaskSettings(v string) *ModifyReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskSettings = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTableMappings sets the TableMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationTaskInput) SetTableMappings(v string) *ModifyReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.TableMappings = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ModifyReplicationTaskOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication task that was modified.
|
|
ReplicationTask *ReplicationTask `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationTaskOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ModifyReplicationTaskOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTask sets the ReplicationTask field's value.
|
|
func (s *ModifyReplicationTaskOutput) SetReplicationTask(v *ReplicationTask) *ModifyReplicationTaskOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTask = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type MongoDbSettings struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The authentication mechanism you use to access the MongoDB source endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: DEFAULT, MONGODB_CR, SCRAM_SHA_1
|
|
//
|
|
// DEFAULT – For MongoDB version 2.x, use MONGODB_CR. For MongoDB version 3.x,
|
|
// use SCRAM_SHA_1. This attribute is not used when authType=No.
|
|
AuthMechanism *string `type:"string" enum:"AuthMechanismValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The MongoDB database name. This attribute is not used when authType=NO.
|
|
//
|
|
// The default is admin.
|
|
AuthSource *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The authentication type you use to access the MongoDB source endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: NO, PASSWORD
|
|
//
|
|
// When NO is selected, user name and password parameters are not used and can
|
|
// be empty.
|
|
AuthType *string `type:"string" enum:"AuthTypeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The database name on the MongoDB source endpoint.
|
|
DatabaseName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the number of documents to preview to determine the document organization.
|
|
// Use this attribute when NestingLevel is set to ONE.
|
|
//
|
|
// Must be a positive value greater than 0. Default value is 1000.
|
|
DocsToInvestigate *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the document ID. Use this attribute when NestingLevel is set to
|
|
// NONE.
|
|
//
|
|
// Default value is false.
|
|
ExtractDocId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The KMS key identifier that will be used to encrypt the connection parameters.
|
|
// If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then AWS DMS will
|
|
// use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default encryption key
|
|
// for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default encryption
|
|
// key for each AWS region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies either document or table mode.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid values: NONE, ONE
|
|
//
|
|
// Default value is NONE. Specify NONE to use document mode. Specify ONE to
|
|
// use table mode.
|
|
NestingLevel *string `type:"string" enum:"NestingLevelValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The password for the user account you use to access the MongoDB source endpoint.
|
|
Password *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The port value for the MongoDB source endpoint.
|
|
Port *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the server on the MongoDB source endpoint.
|
|
ServerName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The user name you use to access the MongoDB source endpoint.
|
|
Username *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MongoDbSettings) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s MongoDbSettings) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthMechanism sets the AuthMechanism field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetAuthMechanism(v string) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.AuthMechanism = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthSource sets the AuthSource field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetAuthSource(v string) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.AuthSource = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAuthType sets the AuthType field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetAuthType(v string) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.AuthType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDatabaseName sets the DatabaseName field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetDatabaseName(v string) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.DatabaseName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDocsToInvestigate sets the DocsToInvestigate field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetDocsToInvestigate(v string) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.DocsToInvestigate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExtractDocId sets the ExtractDocId field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetExtractDocId(v string) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.ExtractDocId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetNestingLevel sets the NestingLevel field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetNestingLevel(v string) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.NestingLevel = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPassword sets the Password field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetPassword(v string) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.Password = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPort sets the Port field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetPort(v int64) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.Port = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServerName sets the ServerName field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetServerName(v string) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.ServerName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUsername sets the Username field's value.
|
|
func (s *MongoDbSettings) SetUsername(v string) *MongoDbSettings {
|
|
s.Username = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type OrderableReplicationInstance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The default amount of storage (in gigabytes) that is allocated for the replication
|
|
// instance.
|
|
DefaultAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The version of the replication engine.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) that is allocated for the replication
|
|
// instance.
|
|
IncludedAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The minimum amount of storage (in gigabytes) that can be allocated for the
|
|
// replication instance.
|
|
MaxAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The minimum amount of storage (in gigabytes) that can be allocated for the
|
|
// replication instance.
|
|
MinAllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: dms.t2.micro | dms.t2.small | dms.t2.medium | dms.t2.large
|
|
// | dms.c4.large | dms.c4.xlarge | dms.c4.2xlarge | dms.c4.4xlarge
|
|
ReplicationInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of storage used by the replication instance.
|
|
StorageType *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableReplicationInstance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s OrderableReplicationInstance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDefaultAllocatedStorage sets the DefaultAllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableReplicationInstance) SetDefaultAllocatedStorage(v int64) *OrderableReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.DefaultAllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableReplicationInstance) SetEngineVersion(v string) *OrderableReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetIncludedAllocatedStorage sets the IncludedAllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableReplicationInstance) SetIncludedAllocatedStorage(v int64) *OrderableReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.IncludedAllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMaxAllocatedStorage sets the MaxAllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableReplicationInstance) SetMaxAllocatedStorage(v int64) *OrderableReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.MaxAllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMinAllocatedStorage sets the MinAllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableReplicationInstance) SetMinAllocatedStorage(v int64) *OrderableReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.MinAllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceClass sets the ReplicationInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableReplicationInstance) SetReplicationInstanceClass(v string) *OrderableReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStorageType sets the StorageType field's value.
|
|
func (s *OrderableReplicationInstance) SetStorageType(v string) *OrderableReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.StorageType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RebootReplicationInstanceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// If this parameter is true, the reboot is conducted through a Multi-AZ failover.
|
|
// (If the instance isn't configured for Multi-AZ, then you can't specify true.)
|
|
ForceFailover *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationInstanceArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootReplicationInstanceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootReplicationInstanceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RebootReplicationInstanceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RebootReplicationInstanceInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationInstanceArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationInstanceArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetForceFailover sets the ForceFailover field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootReplicationInstanceInput) SetForceFailover(v bool) *RebootReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ForceFailover = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootReplicationInstanceInput) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *RebootReplicationInstanceInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RebootReplicationInstanceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication instance that is being rebooted.
|
|
ReplicationInstance *ReplicationInstance `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootReplicationInstanceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RebootReplicationInstanceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstance sets the ReplicationInstance field's value.
|
|
func (s *RebootReplicationInstanceOutput) SetReplicationInstance(v *ReplicationInstance) *RebootReplicationInstanceOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstance = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RefreshSchemasInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// EndpointArn is a required field
|
|
EndpointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationInstanceArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RefreshSchemasInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RefreshSchemasInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RefreshSchemasInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RefreshSchemasInput"}
|
|
if s.EndpointArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ReplicationInstanceArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationInstanceArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointArn sets the EndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RefreshSchemasInput) SetEndpointArn(v string) *RefreshSchemasInput {
|
|
s.EndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RefreshSchemasInput) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *RefreshSchemasInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RefreshSchemasOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the refreshed schema.
|
|
RefreshSchemasStatus *RefreshSchemasStatus `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RefreshSchemasOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RefreshSchemasOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRefreshSchemasStatus sets the RefreshSchemasStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *RefreshSchemasOutput) SetRefreshSchemasStatus(v *RefreshSchemasStatus) *RefreshSchemasOutput {
|
|
s.RefreshSchemasStatus = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RefreshSchemasStatus struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
EndpointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The last failure message for the schema.
|
|
LastFailureMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date the schema was last refreshed.
|
|
LastRefreshDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the schema.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RefreshSchemasStatusTypeValue"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RefreshSchemasStatus) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RefreshSchemasStatus) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointArn sets the EndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RefreshSchemasStatus) SetEndpointArn(v string) *RefreshSchemasStatus {
|
|
s.EndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastFailureMessage sets the LastFailureMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *RefreshSchemasStatus) SetLastFailureMessage(v string) *RefreshSchemasStatus {
|
|
s.LastFailureMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastRefreshDate sets the LastRefreshDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *RefreshSchemasStatus) SetLastRefreshDate(v time.Time) *RefreshSchemasStatus {
|
|
s.LastRefreshDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RefreshSchemasStatus) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *RefreshSchemasStatus {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *RefreshSchemasStatus) SetStatus(v string) *RefreshSchemasStatus {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReloadTablesInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationTaskArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The name and schema of the table to be reloaded.
|
|
//
|
|
// TablesToReload is a required field
|
|
TablesToReload []*TableToReload `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReloadTablesInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReloadTablesInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *ReloadTablesInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ReloadTablesInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationTaskArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationTaskArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TablesToReload == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TablesToReload"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReloadTablesInput) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *ReloadTablesInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTablesToReload sets the TablesToReload field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReloadTablesInput) SetTablesToReload(v []*TableToReload) *ReloadTablesInput {
|
|
s.TablesToReload = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReloadTablesOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication task.
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReloadTablesOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReloadTablesOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReloadTablesOutput) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *ReloadTablesOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromResourceInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// >The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS DMS resource the tag is to be
|
|
// removed from.
|
|
//
|
|
// ResourceArn is a required field
|
|
ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed.
|
|
//
|
|
// TagKeys is a required field
|
|
TagKeys []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemoveTagsFromResourceInput"}
|
|
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.TagKeys == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput {
|
|
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value.
|
|
func (s *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *RemoveTagsFromResourceInput {
|
|
s.TagKeys = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s RemoveTagsFromResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReplicationInstance struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) that is allocated for the replication
|
|
// instance.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// Boolean value indicating if minor version upgrades will be automatically
|
|
// applied to the instance.
|
|
AutoMinorVersionUpgrade *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone for the instance.
|
|
AvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version number of the replication instance.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The expiration date of the free replication instance that is part of the
|
|
// Free DMS program.
|
|
FreeUntil *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The time the replication instance was created.
|
|
InstanceCreateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The KMS key identifier that is used to encrypt the content on the replication
|
|
// instance. If you do not specify a value for the KmsKeyId parameter, then
|
|
// AWS DMS will use your default encryption key. AWS KMS creates the default
|
|
// encryption key for your AWS account. Your AWS account has a different default
|
|
// encryption key for each AWS region.
|
|
KmsKeyId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the replication instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot
|
|
// set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the Multi-AZ parameter is set to true.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The pending modification values.
|
|
PendingModifiedValues *ReplicationPendingModifiedValues `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The maintenance window times for the replication instance.
|
|
PreferredMaintenanceWindow *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies the accessibility options for the replication instance. A value
|
|
// of true represents an instance with a public IP address. A value of false
|
|
// represents an instance with a private IP address. The default value is true.
|
|
PubliclyAccessible *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: dms.t2.micro | dms.t2.small | dms.t2.medium | dms.t2.large
|
|
// | dms.c4.large | dms.c4.xlarge | dms.c4.2xlarge | dms.c4.4xlarge
|
|
ReplicationInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication instance identifier. This parameter is stored as a lowercase
|
|
// string.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// Example: myrepinstance
|
|
ReplicationInstanceIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IP address of the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationInstancePrivateIpAddress *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The private IP address of the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationInstancePrivateIpAddresses []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The public IP address of the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationInstancePublicIpAddress *string `deprecated:"true" type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The public IP address of the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationInstancePublicIpAddresses []*string `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationInstanceStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The subnet group for the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroup *ReplicationSubnetGroup `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The availability zone of the standby replication instance in a Multi-AZ deployment.
|
|
SecondaryAvailabilityZone *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPC security group for the instance.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroups []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership `type:"list"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationInstance) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationInstance) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade sets the AutoMinorVersionUpgrade field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetAutoMinorVersionUpgrade(v bool) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.AutoMinorVersionUpgrade = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.AvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFreeUntil sets the FreeUntil field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetFreeUntil(v time.Time) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.FreeUntil = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInstanceCreateTime sets the InstanceCreateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetInstanceCreateTime(v time.Time) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.InstanceCreateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKmsKeyId sets the KmsKeyId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetKmsKeyId(v string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.KmsKeyId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPendingModifiedValues sets the PendingModifiedValues field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetPendingModifiedValues(v *ReplicationPendingModifiedValues) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.PendingModifiedValues = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow sets the PreferredMaintenanceWindow field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetPreferredMaintenanceWindow(v string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.PreferredMaintenanceWindow = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetPubliclyAccessible sets the PubliclyAccessible field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetPubliclyAccessible(v bool) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.PubliclyAccessible = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceClass sets the ReplicationInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetReplicationInstanceClass(v string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceIdentifier sets the ReplicationInstanceIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetReplicationInstanceIdentifier(v string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstancePrivateIpAddress sets the ReplicationInstancePrivateIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetReplicationInstancePrivateIpAddress(v string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstancePrivateIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstancePrivateIpAddresses sets the ReplicationInstancePrivateIpAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetReplicationInstancePrivateIpAddresses(v []*string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstancePrivateIpAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstancePublicIpAddress sets the ReplicationInstancePublicIpAddress field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetReplicationInstancePublicIpAddress(v string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstancePublicIpAddress = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstancePublicIpAddresses sets the ReplicationInstancePublicIpAddresses field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetReplicationInstancePublicIpAddresses(v []*string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstancePublicIpAddresses = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceStatus sets the ReplicationInstanceStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetReplicationInstanceStatus(v string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroup sets the ReplicationSubnetGroup field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetReplicationSubnetGroup(v *ReplicationSubnetGroup) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroup = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone sets the SecondaryAvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetSecondaryAvailabilityZone(v string) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.SecondaryAvailabilityZone = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroups sets the VpcSecurityGroups field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstance) SetVpcSecurityGroups(v []*VpcSecurityGroupMembership) *ReplicationInstance {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroups = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Contains metadata for a replication instance task log.
|
|
type ReplicationInstanceTaskLog struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The size, in bytes, of the replication task log.
|
|
ReplicationInstanceTaskLogSize *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication task.
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the replication task.
|
|
ReplicationTaskName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationInstanceTaskLog) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationInstanceTaskLog) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceTaskLogSize sets the ReplicationInstanceTaskLogSize field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstanceTaskLog) SetReplicationInstanceTaskLogSize(v int64) *ReplicationInstanceTaskLog {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceTaskLogSize = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstanceTaskLog) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *ReplicationInstanceTaskLog {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskName sets the ReplicationTaskName field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationInstanceTaskLog) SetReplicationTaskName(v string) *ReplicationInstanceTaskLog {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReplicationPendingModifiedValues struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The amount of storage (in gigabytes) that is allocated for the replication
|
|
// instance.
|
|
AllocatedStorage *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The engine version number of the replication instance.
|
|
EngineVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Specifies if the replication instance is a Multi-AZ deployment. You cannot
|
|
// set the AvailabilityZone parameter if the Multi-AZ parameter is set to true.
|
|
MultiAZ *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
|
|
// The compute and memory capacity of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid Values: dms.t2.micro | dms.t2.small | dms.t2.medium | dms.t2.large
|
|
// | dms.c4.large | dms.c4.xlarge | dms.c4.2xlarge | dms.c4.4xlarge
|
|
ReplicationInstanceClass *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationPendingModifiedValues) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationPendingModifiedValues) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAllocatedStorage sets the AllocatedStorage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationPendingModifiedValues) SetAllocatedStorage(v int64) *ReplicationPendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.AllocatedStorage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineVersion sets the EngineVersion field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationPendingModifiedValues) SetEngineVersion(v string) *ReplicationPendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.EngineVersion = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMultiAZ sets the MultiAZ field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationPendingModifiedValues) SetMultiAZ(v bool) *ReplicationPendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.MultiAZ = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceClass sets the ReplicationInstanceClass field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationPendingModifiedValues) SetReplicationInstanceClass(v string) *ReplicationPendingModifiedValues {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceClass = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReplicationSubnetGroup struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The description of the replication subnet group.
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The identifier of the replication instance subnet group.
|
|
ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the subnet group.
|
|
SubnetGroupStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The subnets that are in the subnet group.
|
|
Subnets []*Subnet `type:"list"`
|
|
|
|
// The ID of the VPC.
|
|
VpcId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationSubnetGroup) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationSubnetGroup) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroupDescription sets the ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationSubnetGroup) SetReplicationSubnetGroupDescription(v string) *ReplicationSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroupDescription = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier sets the ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationSubnetGroup) SetReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier(v string) *ReplicationSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.ReplicationSubnetGroupIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetGroupStatus sets the SubnetGroupStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationSubnetGroup) SetSubnetGroupStatus(v string) *ReplicationSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.SubnetGroupStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnets sets the Subnets field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationSubnetGroup) SetSubnets(v []*Subnet) *ReplicationSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.Subnets = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcId sets the VpcId field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationSubnetGroup) SetVpcId(v string) *ReplicationSubnetGroup {
|
|
s.VpcId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReplicationTask struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates when you want a change data capture (CDC) operation to start. Use
|
|
// either CdcStartPosition or CdcStartTime to specify when you want a CDC operation
|
|
// to start. Specifying both values results in an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// The value can be in date, checkpoint, or LSN/SCN format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Date Example: --cdc-start-position “2018-03-08T12:12:12”
|
|
//
|
|
// Checkpoint Example: --cdc-start-position "checkpoint:V1#27#mysql-bin-changelog.157832:1975:-1:2002:677883278264080:mysql-bin-changelog.157832:1876#0#0#*#0#93"
|
|
//
|
|
// LSN Example: --cdc-start-position “mysql-bin-changelog.000024:373”
|
|
CdcStartPosition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates when you want a change data capture (CDC) operation to stop. The
|
|
// value can be either server time or commit time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Server time example: --cdc-stop-position “server_time:3018-02-09T12:12:12”
|
|
//
|
|
// Commit time example: --cdc-stop-position “commit_time: 3018-02-09T12:12:12
|
|
// “
|
|
CdcStopPosition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The last error (failure) message generated for the replication instance.
|
|
LastFailureMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of migration.
|
|
MigrationType *string `type:"string" enum:"MigrationTypeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the last checkpoint that occurred during a change data capture
|
|
// (CDC) operation. You can provide this value to the CdcStartPosition parameter
|
|
// to start a CDC operation that begins at that checkpoint.
|
|
RecoveryCheckpoint *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication task.
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date the replication task was created.
|
|
ReplicationTaskCreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication task identifier.
|
|
//
|
|
// Constraints:
|
|
//
|
|
// * Must contain from 1 to 255 alphanumeric characters or hyphens.
|
|
//
|
|
// * First character must be a letter.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Cannot end with a hyphen or contain two consecutive hyphens.
|
|
ReplicationTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The settings for the replication task.
|
|
ReplicationTaskSettings *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date the replication task is scheduled to start.
|
|
ReplicationTaskStartDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The statistics for the task, including elapsed time, tables loaded, and table
|
|
// errors.
|
|
ReplicationTaskStats *ReplicationTaskStats `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
SourceEndpointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the replication task.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The reason the replication task was stopped.
|
|
StopReason *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Table mappings specified in the task.
|
|
TableMappings *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
TargetEndpointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationTask) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationTask) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCdcStartPosition sets the CdcStartPosition field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetCdcStartPosition(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.CdcStartPosition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCdcStopPosition sets the CdcStopPosition field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetCdcStopPosition(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.CdcStopPosition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastFailureMessage sets the LastFailureMessage field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetLastFailureMessage(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.LastFailureMessage = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetMigrationType sets the MigrationType field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetMigrationType(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.MigrationType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetRecoveryCheckpoint sets the RecoveryCheckpoint field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetRecoveryCheckpoint(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.RecoveryCheckpoint = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskCreationDate sets the ReplicationTaskCreationDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetReplicationTaskCreationDate(v time.Time) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskCreationDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskIdentifier sets the ReplicationTaskIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetReplicationTaskIdentifier(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskSettings sets the ReplicationTaskSettings field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetReplicationTaskSettings(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskSettings = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskStartDate sets the ReplicationTaskStartDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetReplicationTaskStartDate(v time.Time) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskStartDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskStats sets the ReplicationTaskStats field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetReplicationTaskStats(v *ReplicationTaskStats) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskStats = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSourceEndpointArn sets the SourceEndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetSourceEndpointArn(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.SourceEndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetStatus(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStopReason sets the StopReason field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetStopReason(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.StopReason = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTableMappings sets the TableMappings field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetTableMappings(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.TableMappings = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTargetEndpointArn sets the TargetEndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTask) SetTargetEndpointArn(v string) *ReplicationTask {
|
|
s.TargetEndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The task assessment report in JSON format.
|
|
type ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The task assessment results in JSON format.
|
|
AssessmentResults *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The file containing the results of the task assessment.
|
|
AssessmentResultsFile *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the task assessment.
|
|
AssessmentStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication task.
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication task identifier of the task on which the task assessment
|
|
// was run.
|
|
ReplicationTaskIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The date the task assessment was completed.
|
|
ReplicationTaskLastAssessmentDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The URL of the S3 object containing the task assessment results.
|
|
S3ObjectUrl *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssessmentResults sets the AssessmentResults field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult) SetAssessmentResults(v string) *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult {
|
|
s.AssessmentResults = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssessmentResultsFile sets the AssessmentResultsFile field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult) SetAssessmentResultsFile(v string) *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult {
|
|
s.AssessmentResultsFile = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetAssessmentStatus sets the AssessmentStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult) SetAssessmentStatus(v string) *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult {
|
|
s.AssessmentStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskIdentifier sets the ReplicationTaskIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult) SetReplicationTaskIdentifier(v string) *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskLastAssessmentDate sets the ReplicationTaskLastAssessmentDate field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult) SetReplicationTaskLastAssessmentDate(v time.Time) *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskLastAssessmentDate = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetS3ObjectUrl sets the S3ObjectUrl field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult) SetS3ObjectUrl(v string) *ReplicationTaskAssessmentResult {
|
|
s.S3ObjectUrl = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type ReplicationTaskStats struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The elapsed time of the task, in milliseconds.
|
|
ElapsedTimeMillis *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The percent complete for the full load migration task.
|
|
FullLoadProgressPercent *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of errors that have occurred during this task.
|
|
TablesErrored *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of tables loaded for this task.
|
|
TablesLoaded *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of tables currently loading for this task.
|
|
TablesLoading *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of tables queued for this task.
|
|
TablesQueued *int64 `type:"integer"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationTaskStats) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s ReplicationTaskStats) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetElapsedTimeMillis sets the ElapsedTimeMillis field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskStats) SetElapsedTimeMillis(v int64) *ReplicationTaskStats {
|
|
s.ElapsedTimeMillis = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFullLoadProgressPercent sets the FullLoadProgressPercent field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskStats) SetFullLoadProgressPercent(v int64) *ReplicationTaskStats {
|
|
s.FullLoadProgressPercent = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTablesErrored sets the TablesErrored field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskStats) SetTablesErrored(v int64) *ReplicationTaskStats {
|
|
s.TablesErrored = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTablesLoaded sets the TablesLoaded field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskStats) SetTablesLoaded(v int64) *ReplicationTaskStats {
|
|
s.TablesLoaded = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTablesLoading sets the TablesLoading field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskStats) SetTablesLoading(v int64) *ReplicationTaskStats {
|
|
s.TablesLoading = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTablesQueued sets the TablesQueued field's value.
|
|
func (s *ReplicationTaskStats) SetTablesQueued(v int64) *ReplicationTaskStats {
|
|
s.TablesQueued = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type S3Settings struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter to set a folder name in the S3 bucket. If provided,
|
|
// tables are created in the path <bucketFolder>/<schema_name>/<table_name>/.
|
|
// If this parameter is not specified, then the path used is <schema_name>/<table_name>/.
|
|
BucketFolder *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the S3 bucket.
|
|
BucketName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// An optional parameter to use GZIP to compress the target files. Set to GZIP
|
|
// to compress the target files. Set to NONE (the default) or do not use to
|
|
// leave the files uncompressed.
|
|
CompressionType *string `type:"string" enum:"CompressionTypeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The delimiter used to separate columns in the source files. The default is
|
|
// a comma.
|
|
CsvDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The delimiter used to separate rows in the source files. The default is a
|
|
// carriage return (\n).
|
|
CsvRowDelimiter *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The external table definition.
|
|
ExternalTableDefinition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) used by the service access IAM role.
|
|
ServiceAccessRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s S3Settings) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s S3Settings) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBucketFolder sets the BucketFolder field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Settings) SetBucketFolder(v string) *S3Settings {
|
|
s.BucketFolder = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetBucketName sets the BucketName field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Settings) SetBucketName(v string) *S3Settings {
|
|
s.BucketName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCompressionType sets the CompressionType field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Settings) SetCompressionType(v string) *S3Settings {
|
|
s.CompressionType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCsvDelimiter sets the CsvDelimiter field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Settings) SetCsvDelimiter(v string) *S3Settings {
|
|
s.CsvDelimiter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCsvRowDelimiter sets the CsvRowDelimiter field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Settings) SetCsvRowDelimiter(v string) *S3Settings {
|
|
s.CsvRowDelimiter = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetExternalTableDefinition sets the ExternalTableDefinition field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Settings) SetExternalTableDefinition(v string) *S3Settings {
|
|
s.ExternalTableDefinition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetServiceAccessRoleArn sets the ServiceAccessRoleArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *S3Settings) SetServiceAccessRoleArn(v string) *S3Settings {
|
|
s.ServiceAccessRoleArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type StartReplicationTaskAssessmentInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication task.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationTaskArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartReplicationTaskAssessmentInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartReplicationTaskAssessmentInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *StartReplicationTaskAssessmentInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartReplicationTaskAssessmentInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationTaskArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationTaskArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartReplicationTaskAssessmentInput) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *StartReplicationTaskAssessmentInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type StartReplicationTaskAssessmentOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The assessed replication task.
|
|
ReplicationTask *ReplicationTask `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartReplicationTaskAssessmentOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartReplicationTaskAssessmentOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTask sets the ReplicationTask field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartReplicationTaskAssessmentOutput) SetReplicationTask(v *ReplicationTask) *StartReplicationTaskAssessmentOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTask = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type StartReplicationTaskInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates when you want a change data capture (CDC) operation to start. Use
|
|
// either CdcStartPosition or CdcStartTime to specify when you want a CDC operation
|
|
// to start. Specifying both values results in an error.
|
|
//
|
|
// The value can be in date, checkpoint, or LSN/SCN format.
|
|
//
|
|
// Date Example: --cdc-start-position “2018-03-08T12:12:12”
|
|
//
|
|
// Checkpoint Example: --cdc-start-position "checkpoint:V1#27#mysql-bin-changelog.157832:1975:-1:2002:677883278264080:mysql-bin-changelog.157832:1876#0#0#*#0#93"
|
|
//
|
|
// LSN Example: --cdc-start-position “mysql-bin-changelog.000024:373”
|
|
CdcStartPosition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates the start time for a change data capture (CDC) operation. Use either
|
|
// CdcStartTime or CdcStartPosition to specify when you want a CDC operation
|
|
// to start. Specifying both values results in an error.
|
|
CdcStartTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates when you want a change data capture (CDC) operation to stop. The
|
|
// value can be either server time or commit time.
|
|
//
|
|
// Server time example: --cdc-stop-position “server_time:3018-02-09T12:12:12”
|
|
//
|
|
// Commit time example: --cdc-stop-position “commit_time: 3018-02-09T12:12:12
|
|
// “
|
|
CdcStopPosition *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication task to be started.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationTaskArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of replication task.
|
|
//
|
|
// StartReplicationTaskType is a required field
|
|
StartReplicationTaskType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"StartReplicationTaskTypeValue"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartReplicationTaskInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartReplicationTaskInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *StartReplicationTaskInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartReplicationTaskInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationTaskArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationTaskArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.StartReplicationTaskType == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StartReplicationTaskType"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCdcStartPosition sets the CdcStartPosition field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartReplicationTaskInput) SetCdcStartPosition(v string) *StartReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.CdcStartPosition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCdcStartTime sets the CdcStartTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartReplicationTaskInput) SetCdcStartTime(v time.Time) *StartReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.CdcStartTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetCdcStopPosition sets the CdcStopPosition field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartReplicationTaskInput) SetCdcStopPosition(v string) *StartReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.CdcStopPosition = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartReplicationTaskInput) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *StartReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStartReplicationTaskType sets the StartReplicationTaskType field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartReplicationTaskInput) SetStartReplicationTaskType(v string) *StartReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.StartReplicationTaskType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type StartReplicationTaskOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication task started.
|
|
ReplicationTask *ReplicationTask `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartReplicationTaskOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StartReplicationTaskOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTask sets the ReplicationTask field's value.
|
|
func (s *StartReplicationTaskOutput) SetReplicationTask(v *ReplicationTask) *StartReplicationTaskOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTask = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type StopReplicationTaskInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name(ARN) of the replication task to be stopped.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationTaskArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationTaskArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopReplicationTaskInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopReplicationTaskInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *StopReplicationTaskInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopReplicationTaskInput"}
|
|
if s.ReplicationTaskArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationTaskArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTaskArn sets the ReplicationTaskArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *StopReplicationTaskInput) SetReplicationTaskArn(v string) *StopReplicationTaskInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTaskArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type StopReplicationTaskOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The replication task stopped.
|
|
ReplicationTask *ReplicationTask `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopReplicationTaskOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s StopReplicationTaskOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationTask sets the ReplicationTask field's value.
|
|
func (s *StopReplicationTaskOutput) SetReplicationTask(v *ReplicationTask) *StopReplicationTaskOutput {
|
|
s.ReplicationTask = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type Subnet struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Availability Zone of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetAvailabilityZone *AvailabilityZone `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The subnet identifier.
|
|
SubnetIdentifier *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the subnet.
|
|
SubnetStatus *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Subnet) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetAvailabilityZone sets the SubnetAvailabilityZone field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetAvailabilityZone(v *AvailabilityZone) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetAvailabilityZone = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetIdentifier sets the SubnetIdentifier field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetIdentifier(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetIdentifier = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSubnetStatus sets the SubnetStatus field's value.
|
|
func (s *Subnet) SetSubnetStatus(v string) *Subnet {
|
|
s.SubnetStatus = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type SupportedEndpointType struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The type of endpoint.
|
|
EndpointType *string `type:"string" enum:"ReplicationEndpointTypeValue"`
|
|
|
|
// The expanded name for the engine name. For example, if the EngineName parameter
|
|
// is "aurora," this value would be "Amazon Aurora MySQL."
|
|
EngineDisplayName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The database engine name. Valid values, depending on the EndPointType, include
|
|
// mysql, oracle, postgres, mariadb, aurora, aurora-postgresql, redshift, s3,
|
|
// db2, azuredb, sybase, sybase, dynamodb, mongodb, and sqlserver.
|
|
EngineName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// Indicates if Change Data Capture (CDC) is supported.
|
|
SupportsCDC *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SupportedEndpointType) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s SupportedEndpointType) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointType sets the EndpointType field's value.
|
|
func (s *SupportedEndpointType) SetEndpointType(v string) *SupportedEndpointType {
|
|
s.EndpointType = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineDisplayName sets the EngineDisplayName field's value.
|
|
func (s *SupportedEndpointType) SetEngineDisplayName(v string) *SupportedEndpointType {
|
|
s.EngineDisplayName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEngineName sets the EngineName field's value.
|
|
func (s *SupportedEndpointType) SetEngineName(v string) *SupportedEndpointType {
|
|
s.EngineName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSupportsCDC sets the SupportsCDC field's value.
|
|
func (s *SupportedEndpointType) SetSupportsCDC(v bool) *SupportedEndpointType {
|
|
s.SupportsCDC = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type TableStatistics struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Data Definition Language (DDL) used to build and modify the structure
|
|
// of your tables.
|
|
Ddls *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of delete actions performed on a table.
|
|
Deletes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of rows that failed conditional checks during the Full Load operation
|
|
// (valid only for DynamoDB as a target migrations).
|
|
FullLoadCondtnlChkFailedRows *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of rows that failed to load during the Full Load operation (valid
|
|
// only for DynamoDB as a target migrations).
|
|
FullLoadErrorRows *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of rows added during the Full Load operation.
|
|
FullLoadRows *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of insert actions performed on a table.
|
|
Inserts *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The last time the table was updated.
|
|
LastUpdateTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" timestampFormat:"unix"`
|
|
|
|
// The schema name.
|
|
SchemaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The name of the table.
|
|
TableName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The state of the tables described.
|
|
//
|
|
// Valid states: Table does not exist | Before load | Full load | Table completed
|
|
// | Table cancelled | Table error | Table all | Table updates | Table is being
|
|
// reloaded
|
|
TableState *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of update actions performed on a table.
|
|
Updates *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of records that failed validation.
|
|
ValidationFailedRecords *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of records that have yet to be validated.
|
|
ValidationPendingRecords *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
|
|
// The validation state of the table.
|
|
//
|
|
// The parameter can have the following values
|
|
//
|
|
// * Not enabled—Validation is not enabled for the table in the migration
|
|
// task.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Pending records—Some records in the table are waiting for validation.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Mismatched records—Some records in the table do not match between the
|
|
// source and target.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Suspended records—Some records in the table could not be validated.
|
|
//
|
|
// * No primary key—The table could not be validated because it had no primary
|
|
// key.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Table error—The table was not validated because it was in an error state
|
|
// and some data was not migrated.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Validated—All rows in the table were validated. If the table is updated,
|
|
// the status can change from Validated.
|
|
//
|
|
// * Error—The table could not be validated because of an unexpected error.
|
|
ValidationState *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The number of records that could not be validated.
|
|
ValidationSuspendedRecords *int64 `type:"long"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TableStatistics) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TableStatistics) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDdls sets the Ddls field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetDdls(v int64) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.Ddls = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetDeletes(v int64) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.Deletes = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFullLoadCondtnlChkFailedRows sets the FullLoadCondtnlChkFailedRows field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetFullLoadCondtnlChkFailedRows(v int64) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.FullLoadCondtnlChkFailedRows = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFullLoadErrorRows sets the FullLoadErrorRows field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetFullLoadErrorRows(v int64) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.FullLoadErrorRows = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetFullLoadRows sets the FullLoadRows field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetFullLoadRows(v int64) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.FullLoadRows = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetInserts sets the Inserts field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetInserts(v int64) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.Inserts = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetLastUpdateTime sets the LastUpdateTime field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetLastUpdateTime(v time.Time) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.LastUpdateTime = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetSchemaName(v string) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.SchemaName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetTableName(v string) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.TableName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTableState sets the TableState field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetTableState(v string) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.TableState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetUpdates sets the Updates field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetUpdates(v int64) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.Updates = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidationFailedRecords sets the ValidationFailedRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetValidationFailedRecords(v int64) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.ValidationFailedRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidationPendingRecords sets the ValidationPendingRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetValidationPendingRecords(v int64) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.ValidationPendingRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidationState sets the ValidationState field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetValidationState(v string) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.ValidationState = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValidationSuspendedRecords sets the ValidationSuspendedRecords field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableStatistics) SetValidationSuspendedRecords(v int64) *TableStatistics {
|
|
s.ValidationSuspendedRecords = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type TableToReload struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The schema name of the table to be reloaded.
|
|
SchemaName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The table name of the table to be reloaded.
|
|
TableName *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TableToReload) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TableToReload) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetSchemaName sets the SchemaName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableToReload) SetSchemaName(v string) *TableToReload {
|
|
s.SchemaName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetTableName sets the TableName field's value.
|
|
func (s *TableToReload) SetTableName(v string) *TableToReload {
|
|
s.TableName = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type Tag struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// A key is the required name of the tag. The string value can be from 1 to
|
|
// 128 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or "dms:".
|
|
// The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits, white-space,
|
|
// '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
|
|
Key *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// A value is the optional value of the tag. The string value can be from 1
|
|
// to 256 Unicode characters in length and cannot be prefixed with "aws:" or
|
|
// "dms:". The string can only contain only the set of Unicode letters, digits,
|
|
// white-space, '_', '.', '/', '=', '+', '-' (Java regex: "^([\\p{L}\\p{Z}\\p{N}_.:/=+\\-]*)$").
|
|
Value *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s Tag) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetKey sets the Key field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetKey(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Key = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetValue sets the Value field's value.
|
|
func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag {
|
|
s.Value = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type TestConnectionInput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the endpoint.
|
|
//
|
|
// EndpointArn is a required field
|
|
EndpointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
|
|
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replication instance.
|
|
//
|
|
// ReplicationInstanceArn is a required field
|
|
ReplicationInstanceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestConnectionInput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestConnectionInput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
|
func (s *TestConnectionInput) Validate() error {
|
|
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TestConnectionInput"}
|
|
if s.EndpointArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("EndpointArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
if s.ReplicationInstanceArn == nil {
|
|
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReplicationInstanceArn"))
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
|
return invalidParams
|
|
}
|
|
return nil
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetEndpointArn sets the EndpointArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestConnectionInput) SetEndpointArn(v string) *TestConnectionInput {
|
|
s.EndpointArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetReplicationInstanceArn sets the ReplicationInstanceArn field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestConnectionInput) SetReplicationInstanceArn(v string) *TestConnectionInput {
|
|
s.ReplicationInstanceArn = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type TestConnectionOutput struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The connection tested.
|
|
Connection *Connection `type:"structure"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestConnectionOutput) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s TestConnectionOutput) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetConnection sets the Connection field's value.
|
|
func (s *TestConnectionOutput) SetConnection(v *Connection) *TestConnectionOutput {
|
|
s.Connection = v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
type VpcSecurityGroupMembership struct {
|
|
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
|
|
|
// The status of the VPC security group.
|
|
Status *string `type:"string"`
|
|
|
|
// The VPC security group Id.
|
|
VpcSecurityGroupId *string `type:"string"`
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// String returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) String() string {
|
|
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// GoString returns the string representation
|
|
func (s VpcSecurityGroupMembership) GoString() string {
|
|
return s.String()
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetStatus(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.Status = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SetVpcSecurityGroupId sets the VpcSecurityGroupId field's value.
|
|
func (s *VpcSecurityGroupMembership) SetVpcSecurityGroupId(v string) *VpcSecurityGroupMembership {
|
|
s.VpcSecurityGroupId = &v
|
|
return s
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// AuthMechanismValueDefault is a AuthMechanismValue enum value
|
|
AuthMechanismValueDefault = "default"
|
|
|
|
// AuthMechanismValueMongodbCr is a AuthMechanismValue enum value
|
|
AuthMechanismValueMongodbCr = "mongodb_cr"
|
|
|
|
// AuthMechanismValueScramSha1 is a AuthMechanismValue enum value
|
|
AuthMechanismValueScramSha1 = "scram_sha_1"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// AuthTypeValueNo is a AuthTypeValue enum value
|
|
AuthTypeValueNo = "no"
|
|
|
|
// AuthTypeValuePassword is a AuthTypeValue enum value
|
|
AuthTypeValuePassword = "password"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// CompressionTypeValueNone is a CompressionTypeValue enum value
|
|
CompressionTypeValueNone = "none"
|
|
|
|
// CompressionTypeValueGzip is a CompressionTypeValue enum value
|
|
CompressionTypeValueGzip = "gzip"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// DmsSslModeValueNone is a DmsSslModeValue enum value
|
|
DmsSslModeValueNone = "none"
|
|
|
|
// DmsSslModeValueRequire is a DmsSslModeValue enum value
|
|
DmsSslModeValueRequire = "require"
|
|
|
|
// DmsSslModeValueVerifyCa is a DmsSslModeValue enum value
|
|
DmsSslModeValueVerifyCa = "verify-ca"
|
|
|
|
// DmsSslModeValueVerifyFull is a DmsSslModeValue enum value
|
|
DmsSslModeValueVerifyFull = "verify-full"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// MigrationTypeValueFullLoad is a MigrationTypeValue enum value
|
|
MigrationTypeValueFullLoad = "full-load"
|
|
|
|
// MigrationTypeValueCdc is a MigrationTypeValue enum value
|
|
MigrationTypeValueCdc = "cdc"
|
|
|
|
// MigrationTypeValueFullLoadAndCdc is a MigrationTypeValue enum value
|
|
MigrationTypeValueFullLoadAndCdc = "full-load-and-cdc"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// NestingLevelValueNone is a NestingLevelValue enum value
|
|
NestingLevelValueNone = "none"
|
|
|
|
// NestingLevelValueOne is a NestingLevelValue enum value
|
|
NestingLevelValueOne = "one"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// RefreshSchemasStatusTypeValueSuccessful is a RefreshSchemasStatusTypeValue enum value
|
|
RefreshSchemasStatusTypeValueSuccessful = "successful"
|
|
|
|
// RefreshSchemasStatusTypeValueFailed is a RefreshSchemasStatusTypeValue enum value
|
|
RefreshSchemasStatusTypeValueFailed = "failed"
|
|
|
|
// RefreshSchemasStatusTypeValueRefreshing is a RefreshSchemasStatusTypeValue enum value
|
|
RefreshSchemasStatusTypeValueRefreshing = "refreshing"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// ReplicationEndpointTypeValueSource is a ReplicationEndpointTypeValue enum value
|
|
ReplicationEndpointTypeValueSource = "source"
|
|
|
|
// ReplicationEndpointTypeValueTarget is a ReplicationEndpointTypeValue enum value
|
|
ReplicationEndpointTypeValueTarget = "target"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// SourceTypeReplicationInstance is a SourceType enum value
|
|
SourceTypeReplicationInstance = "replication-instance"
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
const (
|
|
// StartReplicationTaskTypeValueStartReplication is a StartReplicationTaskTypeValue enum value
|
|
StartReplicationTaskTypeValueStartReplication = "start-replication"
|
|
|
|
// StartReplicationTaskTypeValueResumeProcessing is a StartReplicationTaskTypeValue enum value
|
|
StartReplicationTaskTypeValueResumeProcessing = "resume-processing"
|
|
|
|
// StartReplicationTaskTypeValueReloadTarget is a StartReplicationTaskTypeValue enum value
|
|
StartReplicationTaskTypeValueReloadTarget = "reload-target"
|
|
)
|